Document:

Form of Subordinated Indenture

 Exhibit 4.5 

 
 MAGELLAN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, L.P. 

as Issuer, 

any Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, 
 and 

                      
          , 
 as Trustee 

INDENTURE 

Dated as of                  

Debt Securities 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 

 

					
	TIA Section	  	Indenture Section
	 310
	  	(a)	  	7.10
		  	(b)	  	7.10
		  	(c)	  	N.A.
	 311
	  	(a)	  	7.11
		  	(b)	  	7.11
		  	(c)	  	N.A.
	 312
	  	(a)	  	5.01
		  	(b)	  	5.02
		  	(c)	  	5.02
	 313
	  	(a)	  	5.03
		  	(b)	  	5.03
		  	(c)	  	13.03
		  	(d)	  	5.03
	 314
	  	(a)	  	4.05
		  	(b)	  	N.A.
		  	(c)(1)	  	13.05
		  	(c)(2)	  	13.05
		  	(c)(3)	  	N.A.
		  	(d)	  	N.A.
		  	(e)	  	13.05
		  	(f)	  	N.A.
	 315
	  	(a)	  	7.01
		  	(b)	  	6.07 & 13.03
		  	(c)	  	7.01
		  	(d)	  	7.01
		  	(e)	  	6.08
	 316
	  	(a) (last sentence)	  	1.01
		  	(a)(1)(A)	  	6.06
		  	(a)(1)(B)	  	6.06
		  	(a)(2)	  	9.01(d)
		  	(b)	  	6.04
		  	(c)	  	5.04
	 317
	  	(a)(1)	  	6.02
		  	(a)(2)	  	6.02
		  	(b)	  	4.04
	 318
	  	(a)	  	13.07

 N.A. means Not Applicable 
 NOTE: This Cross-Reference table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed part of this Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	  	 	  	Page	 
		  	ARTICLE I	  			
		  	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  			
	 Section 1.01
	  	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	  	Other Definitions	  	 	4	  
	 Section 1.03
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	5	  
	 Section 1.04
	  	Rules of Construction	  	 	5	  
			
		  	ARTICLE II	  			
		  	DEBT SECURITIES	  			
	 Section 2.01
	  	Forms Generally	  	 	5	  
	 Section 2.02
	  	Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication	  	 	5	  
	 Section 2.03
	  	Principal Amount; Issuable in Series	  	 	6	  
	 Section 2.04
	  	Execution of Debt Securities	  	 	7	  
	 Section 2.05
	  	Authentication and Delivery of Debt Securities	  	 	7	  
	 Section 2.06
	  	Denomination of Debt Securities	  	 	8	  
	 Section 2.07
	  	Registration of Transfer and Exchange	  	 	8	  
	 Section 2.08
	  	Temporary Debt Securities	  	 	9	  
	 Section 2.09
	  	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities	  	 	10	  
	 Section 2.10
	  	Cancellation of Surrendered Debt Securities	  	 	10	  
	 Section 2.11
	  	Provisions of the Indenture and Debt Securities for the Sole Benefit of the Parties and the Holders	  	 	10	  
	 Section 2.12
	  	Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved	  	 	10	  
	 Section 2.13
	  	Securities Denominated in Dollars	  	 	11	  
	 Section 2.14
	  	Wire Transfers	  	 	11	  
	 Section 2.15
	  	Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security	  	 	11	  
	 Section 2.16
	  	Medium Term Securities	  	 	12	  
	 Section 2.17
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	 	13	  
	 Section 2.18
	  	CUSIP Numbers	  	 	13	  
			
		  	ARTICLE III	  			
		  	REDEMPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES	  			
	 Section 3.01
	  	Applicability of Article	  	 	13	  
	 Section 3.02
	  	Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities	  	 	13	  
	 Section 3.03
	  	Payment of Debt Securities Called for Redemption	  	 	14	  
	 Section 3.04
	  	Mandatory and Optional Sinking Funds	  	 	15	  
	 Section 3.05
	  	Redemption of Debt Securities for Sinking Fund	  	 	15	  
			
		  	ARTICLE IV	  			
		  	PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE PARTNERSHIP	  			
	 Section 4.01
	  	Payment of Principal of, and Premium, If Any, and Interest on, Debt Securities	  	 	16	  
	 Section 4.02
	  	Maintenance of Offices or Agencies for Registration of Transfer, Exchange and Payment of Debt Securities	  	 	16	  
	 Section 4.03
	  	Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in the Office of Trustee	  	 	16	  
	 Section 4.04
	  	Duties of Paying Agents, etc.	  	 	16	  
	 Section 4.05
	  	SEC Reports; Financial Statements	  	 	17	  
	 Section 4.06
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	 	17	  
	 Section 4.07
	  	Further Instruments and Acts	  	 	18	  
	 Section 4.08
	  	Existence	  	 	18	  
	 Section 4.09
	  	Maintenance of Properties	  	 	18	  
	 Section 4.10
	  	Payment of Taxes and Other Claims	  	 	18	  
			
		  	ARTICLE V	  			
		  	HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE TRUSTEE	  			
	 Section 5.01
	  	Partnership to Furnish Trustee Information as to Names and Addresses of Holders; Preservation of Information	  	 	18	  

  
 i 

							
	 Section 5.02
	  	Communications to Holders	  	 	19	  
	 Section 5.03
	  	Reports by Trustee	  	 	19	  
	 Section 5.04
	  	Record Dates for Action by Holders	  	 	19	  
			
		  	ARTICLE VI	  			
		  	REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND HOLDERS IN EVENT OF DEFAULT	  			
	 Section 6.01
	  	Events of Default	  	 	19	  
	 Section 6.02
	  	Collection of Debt by Trustee, etc.	  	 	20	  
	 Section 6.03
	  	Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee	  	 	21	  
	 Section 6.04
	  	Limitation on Suits by Holders	  	 	22	  
	 Section 6.05
	  	Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission in Exercise of Rights Not a Waiver of Default	  	 	22	  
	 Section 6.06
	  	Rights of Holders of Majority in Principal Amount of Debt Securities to Direct Trustee and to Waive Default	  	 	22	  
	 Section 6.07
	  	Trustee to Give Notice of Events of Defaults Known to It, but May Withhold Such Notice in Certain Circumstances	  	 	23	  
	 Section 6.08
	  	Requirement of an Undertaking to Pay Costs in Certain Suits under the Indenture or Against the Trustee	  	 	23	  
			
		  	ARTICLE VII	  			
		  	CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE	  			
	 Section 7.01
	  	Certain Duties and Responsibilities	  	 	23	  
	 Section 7.02
	  	Certain Rights of Trustee	  	 	24	  
	 Section 7.03
	  	Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Indenture or in Debt Securities	  	 	25	  
	 Section 7.04
	  	Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar May Own Debt Securities	  	 	25	  
	 Section 7.05
	  	Moneys Received by Trustee to Be Held in Trust	  	 	25	  
	 Section 7.06
	  	Compensation and Reimbursement	  	 	25	  
	 Section 7.07
	  	Right of Trustee to Rely on an Officers’ Certificate Where No Other Evidence Specifically Prescribed	  	 	25	  
	 Section 7.08
	  	Separate Trustee; Replacement of Trustee	  	 	25	  
	 Section 7.09
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	 	26	  
	 Section 7.10
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	26	  
	 Section 7.11
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Partnership	  	 	27	  
	 Section 7.12
	  	Compliance with Tax Laws	  	 	27	  
			
		  	ARTICLE VIII	  			
		  	CONCERNING THE HOLDERS	  			
	 Section 8.01
	  	Evidence of Action by Holders	  	 	27	  
	 Section 8.02
	  	Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Debt Securities	  	 	27	  
	 Section 8.03
	  	Who May Be Deemed Owner of Debt Securities	  	 	27	  
	 Section 8.04
	  	Instruments Executed by Holders Bind Future Holders	  	 	27	  
			
		  	ARTICLE IX	  			
		  	SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES	  			
	 Section 9.01
	  	Purposes for Which Supplemental Indenture May Be Entered into Without Consent of Holders	  	 	28	  
	 Section 9.02
	  	Modification of Indenture with Consent of Holders of Debt Securities	  	 	29	  
	 Section 9.03
	  	Effect of Supplemental Indentures	  	 	30	  
	 Section 9.04
	  	Debt Securities May Bear Notation of Changes by Supplemental Indentures	  	 	30	  
			
		  	ARTICLE X	  			
		  	CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE	  			
	 Section 10.01
	  	Consolidations and Mergers of the Partnership	  	 	30	  
	 Section 10.02
	  	Rights and Duties of Successor Partnership	  	 	30	  
			
		  	ARTICLE XI	  			
		  	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS	  			
	 Section 11.01
	  	Applicability of Article	  	 	31	  
	 Section 11.02
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance	  	 	31	  
	 Section 11.03
	  	Conditions of Defeasance	  	 	31	  
	 Section 11.04
	  	Application of Trust Money	  	 	32	  

  
 ii 

							
	 Section 11.05
	  	Repayment to Partnership	  	 	32	  
	 Section 11.06
	  	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	  	 	32	  
	 Section 11.07
	  	Reinstatement	  	 	32	  
			
		  	ARTICLE XII	  			
		  	SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES AND GUARANTEE	  			
	 Section 12.01
	  	Applicability of Article; Agreement to Subordinate	  	 	33	  
	 Section 12.02
	  	Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy	  	 	33	  
	 Section 12.03
	  	Default on Senior Indebtedness	  	 	33	  
	 Section 12.04
	  	Acceleration of Payment of Debt Securities	  	 	34	  
	 Section 12.05
	  	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over	  	 	34	  
	 Section 12.06
	  	Subrogation	  	 	34	  
	 Section 12.07
	  	Relative Rights	  	 	34	  
	 Section 12.08
	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Partnership	  	 	34	  
	 Section 12.09
	  	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent	  	 	34	  
	 Section 12.10
	  	Distribution or Notice to Representative	  	 	34	  
	 Section 12.11
	  	Article XII Not to Prevent Defaults or Limit Right to Accelerate	  	 	35	  
	 Section 12.12
	  	Trust Moneys Not Subordinated	  	 	35	  
	 Section 12.13
	  	Trustee Entitled to Rely	  	 	35	  
	 Section 12.14
	  	Trustee to Effectuate Subordination	  	 	35	  
	 Section 12.15
	  	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness	  	 	35	  
	 Section 12.16
	  	Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions	  	 	35	  
			
		  	ARTICLE XIII	  			
		  	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	  			
	 Section 13.01
	  	Successors and Assigns of Partnership Bound by Indenture	  	 	35	  
	 Section 13.02
	  	Acts of Board, Committee or Officer of Successor Partnership Valid	  	 	35	  
	 Section 13.03
	  	Required Notices or Demands	  	 	36	  
	 Section 13.04
	  	Indenture and Debt Securities to Be Construed in Accordance with the Laws of the State of New York	  	 	36	  
	 Section 13.05
	  	Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to Be Furnished upon Application or Demand by the Partnership	  	 	36	  
	 Section 13.06
	  	Payments Due on Legal Holidays	  	 	37	  
	 Section 13.07
	  	Provisions Required by TIA to Control	  	 	37	  
	 Section 13.08
	  	Computation of Interest on Debt Securities	  	 	37	  
	 Section 13.09
	  	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	 	37	  
	 Section 13.10
	  	No Recourse Against Others	  	 	37	  
	 Section 13.11
	  	Severability	  	 	37	  
	 Section 13.12
	  	Effect of Headings	  	 	37	  
	 Section 13.13
	  	Indenture May Be Executed in Counterparts	  	 	37	  
			
		  	ARTICLE XIV	  			
		  	GUARANTEE	  			
	 Section 14.01
	  	Unconditional Guarantee	  	 	37	  
	 Section 14.02
	  	Execution and Delivery of Guarantee	  	 	38	  
	 Section 14.03
	  	Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantors’ Liability	  	 	39	  
	 Section 14.04
	  	Release of Subsidiary Guarantors from Guarantee	  	 	39	  
	 Section 14.05
	  	Subsidiary Guarantor Contribution	  	 	39	  

  
 iii

 THIS INDENTURE dated as of
                     is among Magellan Midstream Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), any Subsidiary
Guarantors (as defined herein) party hereto, and                     , as trustee (the “Trustee”). 

RECITALS OF THE PARTNERSHIP AND ANY SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS 
 The Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of the Partnership’s debentures, notes,
bonds or other evidences of indebtedness to be issued in one or more series unlimited as to principal amount (herein called the “Debt Securities”), which Debt Securities may be guaranteed by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors and may be
subordinated in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness, as in this Indenture provided. 
 All things necessary to make this
Indenture a valid agreement of the Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantors, in accordance with its terms, have been done. 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH 
 That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Debt Securities are authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises, and of the purchase and acceptance of the
Debt Securities by the Holders thereof, the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee covenant and agree with each other, for the benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Debt Securities or any series thereof, as
follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01
Definitions. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling
or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of
such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. The Trustee may request
and may conclusively rely upon an Officers’ Certificate to determine whether any Person is an Affiliate of any specified Person. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the General Partner or any directors and/or officers of the
General Partner to whom such Board of Directors or such committee shall have duly delegated its authority to act hereunder. If the Partnership shall change its form of entity to other than a limited partnership, the references to the Board of
Directors of the General Partner shall mean the Board of Directors (or other comparable governing body) of the Partnership. 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 

“capital stock” of any Person means and includes any and all shares, rights to purchase, warrants or options (whether or not
currently exercisable), participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) the equity (which includes, but is not limited to, common stock, preferred stock and partnership and joint venture interests) of such Person
(excluding any debt securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable for, such equity). 
 “Custodian” means any
receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 “Debt” of any Person at any
date means any obligation created or assumed by such Person for the repayment of borrowed money and any guarantee thereof. 

“Debt Security” or “Debt Securities” has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture and more
particularly means any debt security or debt securities, as the case may be, of any series authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 
 “Default” means any event, act or condition that is, or after notice or the passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 

“Depositary” means, unless otherwise specified by the Partnership pursuant to either Section 2.03 or 2.15, with respect to
Debt Securities of any series issuable or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or any successor thereto registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act or
other applicable statute or regulations. 

  
 1 

 “Designated Senior Indebtedness” means (i) any Senior Indebtedness which, at
the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend up to, at least $100 million and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness designated,
as provided in Section 2.03, in respect of any series of Debt Securities. 
 “Dollar” or “$” means such
currency of the United States as at the time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute. 

“Floating Rate Security” means a Debt Security that provides for the payment of interest at a variable rate determined
periodically by reference to an interest rate index specified pursuant to Section 2.03. 
 “GAAP” means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States, as in effect from time to time. 
 “General Partner” means
Magellan GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors as general partner of the Partnership. 

“Global Security” means with respect to any series of Debt Securities issued hereunder, a Debt Security which is executed by
the Partnership and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instruction, all in accordance with this Indenture and any Indentures supplemental hereto, or resolution of the Board of Directors
and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, which shall be registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee and which shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all the Outstanding
Debt Securities of such series or any portion thereof, in either case having the same terms, including, without limitation, the same original issue date, date or dates on which principal is due and interest rate or method of determining interest.

 “guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any
Debt or other obligation of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation of
such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or
(b) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term
“guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 

“Holder,” “Holder of Debt Securities” or other similar terms means, a Person in whose name a Debt Security is
registered in the Debt Security Register (as defined in Section 2.07(a)). 
 “Indenture” means this instrument as
originally executed, or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented and shall include the form and terms of particular series of Debt Securities as contemplated hereunder, whether or not a supplemental Indenture is
entered into with respect thereto. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking
institutions in the City of Houston, Texas, City of New York, New York or at a Place of Payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a Place of Payment, payment may be made at
that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, charge or other encumbrance of any kind
in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law. 
 “Officer”
means, with respect to a Person, the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, Controller, Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of such Person. 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the General Partner, one of whom must be the General
Partner’s chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chief accounting officer (or if the Partnership shall change its form of entity to other than a limited partnership, by Persons, officers, members, agents and others holding
positions comparable to those of the foregoing nature, as applicable). 

  
 2 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable
to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Partnership or the Trustee. 
 “Original Issue Discount
Debt Security” means any Debt Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01. 

“Outstanding,” when used with respect to any series of Debt Securities, means, as of the date of determination, all Debt
Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: 
  

	 	(a)	Debt Securities of that series theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; 

 

	 	(b)	Debt Securities of that series for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any paying agent (other
than the Partnership) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Partnership (if the Partnership shall act as its own paying agent) for the Holders of such Debt Securities; provided, that, if such Debt Securities are to be redeemed, notice
of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and 

  

	 	(c)	Debt Securities of that series which have been paid pursuant to Section 2.09 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Debt Securities have been authenticated
and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Debt Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Debt Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such
Debt Securities are valid obligations of the Partnership; 

 provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the
requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of any series have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Debt Securities owned by the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt
Securities or any Affiliate of the Partnership or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Debt Securities which a Trust Officer actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Debt Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if
the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Debt Securities and that the pledgee is not the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities or an Affiliate of the
Partnership or of such other obligor. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Debt Securities have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, the principal
amount of an Original Issue Discount Debt Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding for such purposes shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon a declaration of
acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01. 
 “Partnership” means the Person named as the
“Partnership” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Partnership” shall mean such successor Person.

 “Partnership Order” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Partnership by the Chairman of the
Board, the President or a Vice President of the General Partner, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the General Partner, and delivered to the Trustee, or
if the Partnership shall change its form of entity to other than a limited partnership, by Persons or officers, members, agents and others holding positions comparable to those of the foregoing nature, as applicable. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, incorporated or
unincorporated association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or other agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind. 
 “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Debt Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Representative” means the trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Debt. 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor statute. 
 “Senior Indebtedness,” unless otherwise provided with respect to the Debt Securities of a series as contemplated by Section 2.03, means (1) all Debt of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the
Partnership, whether currently outstanding or hereafter issued, unless, by the terms of the instrument creating or evidencing such Debt, it is provided that such Debt is subordinate or 

  
 3 

 
not superior in right of payment to the Debt Securities, in the case of the Partnership, or the Guarantee, in the case of the Subsidiary Guarantors, or to other Debt which is pari passu with or
subordinated to the Debt Securities, in the case of the Partnership, or the Guarantee, in the case of the Subsidiary Guarantors, and (2) any modifications, refunding, deferrals, renewals, or extensions of any such Debt or securities, notes or
other evidence of Debt issued in exchange for such Debt; provided that in no event shall “Senior Indebtedness” include (a) Debt evidenced by the Debt Securities or any Guarantee, (b) Debt of any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or
the Partnership owed or owing to any Subsidiary of the Partnership, (c) Debt of any of the Subsidiary Guarantors owed or owing to the Partnership, (d) Debt to trade creditors, (e) any liability for taxes owed or owing by the
Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership or (f) Debt of any Subsidiary Guarantor in the event there is no series of Debt Securities Outstanding that is entitled to the benefits of a Guarantee. 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the
payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of
any contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 
 “Subsidiary” of any Person
means: 
  

	 	(1)	any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of equity interests entitled, without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency, to vote in the election of directors, managers, trustees or equivalent Persons thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such
Person or combination thereof; or 

  

	 	(2)	in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the partners’ equity interests, considering all partners’ equity interests as a single class, is at such time
of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or combination thereof. 

 “Subsidiary Guarantors” means any Subsidiary of the Partnership (provided, however, that the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner shall not be a Subsidiary Guarantor) who may
execute this Indenture, or a supplement hereto, for the purpose of providing a Guarantee of Debt Securities pursuant to this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and
thereafter “Subsidiary Guarantors” shall mean such successor Person. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§77aaa-77bbbb), as in effect on the date of this Indenture as originally executed and, to the extent required by law, as amended. 
 “Trustee” initially means                      and any other Person or Persons appointed as
such from time to time pursuant to Section 7.08, and, subject to the provisions of Article VII, includes its or their successors and assigns. If at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the
Debt Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of that series. 
 “Trust
Officer” means any officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters. 
 “United States” means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories, its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction. 

“U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations of the United States of America, obligations on which the payment of
principal and interest is fully guaranteed by the United States of America or obligations or guarantees for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged. 

“Yield to Maturity” means the yield to maturity, calculated at the time of issuance of a series of Debt Securities, or, if
applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such series and calculated in accordance with accepted financial practice. 
 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section	 
	 “Blockage Notice”
	  	 	12.03	  
	 “Debt Security Register”
	  	 	2.07	  
	 “Defaulted Interest”
	  	 	2.17	  
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	6.01	  
	 “Funding Guarantor”
	  	 	14.05	  

  
 4 

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section	 
	 “Guarantee”
	  	 	14.01	  
	 “Payment Blockage Period”
	  	 	12.03	  
	 “Place of Payment”
	  	 	2.03	  
	 “Registrar”
	  	 	2.07	  
	 “Subordinated Debt Securities”
	  	 	12.01	  
	 “Successor Partnership”
	  	 	10.01	  

 Section 1.03 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture
refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 
 All terms
used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.04 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise
defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 

(d) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(e) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 
 (f) if the applicable series of Debt Securities are subordinated pursuant to Article XII, unsecured Debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Debt merely by virtue of its nature as
unsecured Debt; and 
 (g) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the
principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP. 

ARTICLE II 

DEBT SECURITIES 
 Section 2.01 Forms Generally. The Debt Securities of each series shall be in substantially the form established without the approval of any Holder by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board
of Directors or in one or more Indentures supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other
marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as the Partnership may deem appropriate (and, if not contained in a supplemental Indenture entered into in accordance with Article IX, as are not prohibited by the provisions of
this Indenture) or as may be required or appropriate to comply with any law or with any rules made pursuant thereto or with any rules of any securities exchange on which such series of Debt Securities may be listed, or to conform to general usage,
or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Debt Securities as evidenced by their execution of the Debt Securities. 
 The definitive Debt Securities of each series shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such
Debt Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Debt Securities. 
 Section 2.02 Form of Trustee’s
Certificate of Authentication. The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on all Debt Securities authenticated by the Trustee shall be in substantially the following form: 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 
 This is one of the Debt Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	
                    
,

	 As Trustee

		
	 By:
	 	
		 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  
 5 

 Section 2.03 Principal Amount; Issuable in Series. The aggregate principal
amount of Debt Securities which may be issued, executed, authenticated, delivered and outstanding under this Indenture is unlimited. 
 The Debt Securities may be issued in one or more series in fully registered form. There shall be established, without the approval of any Holders, in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors
and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, or established in one or more Indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of Debt Securities of any series any or all of the following: 

(a) the title of the Debt Securities of the series (which shall distinguish the Debt Securities of the series from all other Debt
Securities); 
 (b) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of the series which may be
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Debt Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Debt Securities of the series pursuant to this Article II);

 (c) the date or dates on which the principal of and premium, if any, on the Debt Securities of the series are payable;

 (d) the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) at which the Debt Securities of the series shall bear interest, if
any, or the method of determining such rate or rates, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the interest payment dates on which such interest shall be payable, or the method by which such date will be determined, the record dates
for the determination of Holders thereof to whom such interest is payable; and the basis upon which interest will be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve thirty-day months; 

(e) the place or places, if any, in addition to or instead of the corporate trust office of the Trustee, where the principal of, and
premium, if any, and interest on, Debt Securities of the series shall be payable (“Place of Payment”); 
 (f) the
price or prices at which, the period or periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which Debt Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Partnership or otherwise; 

(g) whether Debt Securities of the series are entitled to the benefits of any Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to this
Indenture; 
 (h) the obligation, if any, of the Partnership to redeem, purchase or repay Debt Securities of the series pursuant
to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof, and the price or prices at which and the period or periods within which and the terms and conditions upon which Debt Securities of the series shall be redeemed,
purchased or repaid, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligations; 
 (i) the terms, if any, upon which the Debt Securities
of the series may be convertible into or exchanged for capital stock (which may be represented by depositary shares), other Debt Securities or warrants for capital stock or Debt or other securities of any kind of the Partnership or any other obligor
and the terms and conditions upon which such conversion or exchange shall be effected, including the initial conversion or exchange price or rate, the conversion or exchange period and any other provision in addition to or in lieu of those described
herein; 
 (j) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Debt
Securities of the series shall be issuable; 
 (k) if the amount of principal of or any premium or interest on Debt Securities
of the series may be determined with reference to an index or pursuant to a formula, the manner in which such amounts will be determined; 
 (l) if the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of Debt Securities of the series will not be determinable as of any one or more dates prior to such Stated Maturity, the amount which will be
deemed to be such principal amount as of any such date for any purpose, including the principal amount thereof which will be due and payable upon any maturity other than the Stated Maturity or which will be deemed to be Outstanding as of any such
date (or, in any such case, the manner in which such deemed principal amount is to be determined); 
 (m) any changes or
additions to Article XI, including the addition of additional covenants that may be subject to the covenant defeasance option pursuant to Section 11.02(b); 

  
 6 

 (n) if other than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the principal amount of Debt
Securities of the series which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 6.01 or provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 6.02; 

(o) the terms, if any, of the transfer, mortgage, pledge or assignment as security for the Debt Securities of the series of any
properties, assets, moneys, proceeds, securities or other collateral, including whether certain provisions of the TIA are applicable and any corresponding changes to provisions of this Indenture as currently in effect; 

(p) any addition to or change in the Events of Default with respect to the Debt Securities of the series and any change in the right of
the Trustee or the Holders to declare the principal of, and premium and interest on, such Debt Securities due and payable; 

(q) if the Debt Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Security or Securities, the terms
and conditions, if any, upon which such Global Security or Securities may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual Debt Securities in definitive registered form; and the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities and the form of
any legend or legends to be borne by any such Global Security or Securities in addition to or in lieu of the legend referred to in Section 2.15(a); 
 (r) any trustees, authenticating or paying agents, transfer agents or registrars; 

(s) the applicability of, and any addition to or change in the covenants and definitions currently set forth in this Indenture or in the
terms currently set forth in Article X, including conditioning any merger, conveyance, transfer or lease permitted by Article X upon the satisfaction of any Debt coverage standard by the Partnership and Successor Partnership (as defined in Article
X); 
 (t) the subordination, if any, of the Debt Securities of the series pursuant to Article XII and any changes or additions
to Article XII or designation of any Designated Senior Indebtedness; 
 (u) with regard to Debt Securities of the series that do
not bear interest, the dates for certain required reports to the Trustee; and 
 (v) any other terms of the Debt Securities of
the series (which terms shall not be prohibited by the provisions of this Indenture). 
 All Debt Securities of any one series
shall be substantially identical except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to such resolution of the Board of Directors and as set forth in such Officers’ Certificate or in any such Indenture supplemental
hereto. 
 Section 2.04 Execution of Debt Securities. The Debt Securities shall be signed on behalf of the
Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President of the General Partner and, if the seal of the General Partner is reproduced thereon, it shall be attested by its Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, a Treasurer or an
Assistant Treasurer. Such signatures upon the Debt Securities may be the manual or facsimile signatures of the present or any future such authorized officers and may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Debt Securities. The seal of the
General Partner, if any, may be in the form of a facsimile thereof and may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced on the Debt Securities. 
 Only such Debt Securities as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form hereinbefore recited, signed manually by the Trustee, shall be entitled to the benefits of this
Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee upon any Debt Security executed by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall be conclusive evidence that the Debt Security so authenticated has been
duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. 
 In case any officer of the General Partner who shall have signed any of the Debt
Securities shall cease to be such officer before the Debt Securities so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Partnership, such Debt Securities nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or
disposed of as though the Person who signed such Debt Securities had not ceased to be such officer of the General Partner; and any Debt Security may be signed on behalf of the General Partner by such Persons as, at the actual date of the execution
of such Debt Security, shall be the proper officers of the General Partner, although at the date of such Debt Security or of the execution of this Indenture any such Person was not such officer. 

Section 2.05 Authentication and Delivery of Debt Securities. At any time and from time to time after the execution and
delivery of this Indenture, the Partnership may deliver to the Trustee for authentication Debt Securities of any series executed by the Partnership, and the Trustee shall thereupon authenticate and deliver said Debt Securities to or upon a
Partnership Order. In authenticating such Debt Securities, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Debt Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be
fully protected in relying upon: 

  
 7 

 (a) a copy of any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, certified by the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the General Partner, authorizing the terms of issuance of any series of Debt Securities; 

(b) an executed supplemental Indenture, if any; 
 (c) an Officers’ Certificate; and 
 (d) an Opinion of Counsel prepared in
accordance with Section 13.05 and subject to customary qualifications, limitations and assumptions which shall also state: 
 (i) that the form of such Debt Securities has been established by or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors or by a supplemental Indenture as permitted by Section 2.01 in conformity with
the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (ii) that the terms of such Debt Securities have been established by or
pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors or by a supplemental Indenture as permitted by Section 2.03 in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; 

(iii) that such Debt Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Partnership in the
manner and subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Partnership, enforceable in accordance with their terms; 

(iv) that the Partnership has the partnership power to issue such Debt Securities and has duly taken all necessary
partnership action with respect to such issuance; 
 (v) that authentication and delivery of such Debt Securities
and the execution and delivery of any supplemental Indenture will not violate the terms of this Indenture; and 

(vi) such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request. 

Such Opinion of Counsel need express no opinion as to whether a court in the United States would render a money judgment in a currency
other than that of the United States. 
 The Trustee shall have the right to decline to authenticate and deliver any Debt
Securities under this Section 2.05 if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that such action may not lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee or a trust committee
of directors, trustees or Officers (or any combination thereof) shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability to existing Holders. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Partnership to authenticate Debt Securities of any series. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating
agent may authenticate Debt Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, paying
agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 Unless otherwise provided in the form of Debt Security for any series,
each Debt Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. 
 Section 2.06 Denomination of Debt Securities.
Unless otherwise provided in the form of Debt Security for any series, the Debt Securities of each series shall be issuable only as fully registered Debt Securities in such Dollar denominations as shall be specified or contemplated by
Section 2.03. In the absence of any such specification with respect to the Debt Securities of any series, the Debt Securities of such series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. 

Section 2.07 Registration of Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) The Partnership shall keep or cause to be kept a register for each series of Debt Securities issued hereunder (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Debt Security Register”), in
which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Partnership shall provide for the registration of all Debt Securities and the transfer of Debt Securities as in this Article II provided. At all reasonable times the Debt
Security Register shall be open for inspection by the Trustee. Subject to Section 2.15, upon due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security at any office or agency to be maintained by the Partnership in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.02, the Partnership shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of authorized denominations for a like aggregate
principal amount. In no event may Debt Securities be issued as, or exchanged for, bearer securities. 

  
 8 

 Unless and until otherwise determined by the Partnership by resolution of the Board of
Directors, the Debt Security Register shall be kept at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee and, for this purpose, the Trustee shall be designated “Registrar.” 

Debt Securities of any series (other than a Global Security, except as set forth below) may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal
amount of Debt Securities of the same series of other authorized denominations. Subject to Section 2.15, Debt Securities to be exchanged shall be surrendered at the office or agency to be maintained by the Partnership as provided in
Section 4.02, and the Partnership shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor the Debt Security or Debt Securities which the Holder making the exchange shall be entitled to receive. 

(b) All Debt Securities presented or surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or payment shall (if so required by the
Partnership, the Trustee or the Registrar) be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Partnership, the Trustee and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder or his attorney
duly authorized in writing. 
 All Debt Securities issued in exchange for or upon transfer of Debt Securities shall be the valid
obligations of the Partnership, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Debt Securities surrendered for such exchange or transfer. 

No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Debt Securities (except as provided by
Section 2.09), but the Partnership may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto, other than those expressly provided in this Indenture to be made
at the Partnership’s own expense or without expense or without charge to the Holders. 
 The Partnership shall not be
required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Debt Securities for a period of 15 days next preceding any mailing of notice of redemption of Debt Securities of such series or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange
any Debt Securities selected, called or being called for redemption. 
 Prior to the due presentation for registration of
transfer of any Debt Security, the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, any paying agent or any Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Debt Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Debt Security for the
purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of, and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.12) interest on, such Debt Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Debt Security is overdue, and none
of the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, any paying agent or any Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 None of the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, any agent of the Trustee, any paying agent or any Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records
relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. 

Section 2.08 Temporary Debt Securities. Pending the preparation of definitive Debt Securities of any series, the Partnership
may execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver temporary Debt Securities (printed, lithographed, photocopied, typewritten or otherwise produced) of any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the definitive Debt
Securities in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Debt Securities, all as may be determined by the Partnership with the concurrence of the Trustee.
Temporary Debt Securities may contain such reference to any provisions of this Indenture as may be appropriate. Every temporary Debt Security shall be executed by the Partnership and be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions and in
substantially the same manner, and with like effect, as the definitive Debt Securities. 
 If temporary Debt Securities of any
series are issued, the Partnership will cause definitive Debt Securities of such series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Debt Securities of such series, the temporary Debt Securities of such series shall
be exchangeable for definitive Debt Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Debt Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Partnership at a Place of Payment for such series, without charge to the Holder thereof,
except as provided in Section 2.07 in connection with a transfer. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Debt Securities of any series, the Partnership shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in
exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Debt Securities of the same series of authorized denominations and of like tenor. Until so exchanged, temporary Debt Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture as definitive Debt Securities of such series. 

  
 9 

 Upon any exchange of a portion of a temporary Global Security for a definitive Global
Security or for the individual Debt Securities represented thereby pursuant to Section 2.07 or this Section 2.08, the temporary Global Security shall be endorsed by the Trustee to reflect the reduction of the principal amount evidenced
thereby, whereupon the principal amount of such temporary Global Security shall be reduced for all purposes by the amount to be exchanged and endorsed. 
 Section 2.09 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Debt Securities. If (a) any mutilated Debt Security is surrendered to the Trustee at its corporate trust office or (b) the
Partnership and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Debt Security, and there is delivered to the Partnership and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each
of them and any paying agent harmless, and neither the Partnership nor the Trustee receives notice that such Debt Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, then the Partnership shall execute and, upon a Partnership Order, the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security, a new Debt Security of the same series of like tenor, form, terms and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously
Outstanding. Upon the issuance of any substituted Debt Security, the Partnership or the Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee, assessment or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and
any other expenses connected therewith. In case any Debt Security which has matured or is about to mature or which has been called for redemption shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Partnership may, instead of issuing a
substituted Debt Security, pay or authorize the payment of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Debt Security) if the applicant for such payment shall furnish the Partnership and the Trustee with such security or
indemnity as either may require to save it harmless from all risk, however remote, and, in case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence to the satisfaction of the Partnership and the Trustee of the destruction, loss or theft of such Debt Security
and of the ownership thereof. 
 Every substituted Debt Security of any series issued pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 2.09 by virtue of the fact that any Debt Security is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Partnership, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Security shall be found
at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Debt Securities of that series duly issued hereunder. All Debt Securities shall be held and owned upon the express condition
that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Debt Securities, and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies, notwithstanding any law or statute existing or
hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement or payment of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender. 
 Section 2.10 Cancellation of Surrendered Debt Securities. All Debt Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Partnership
or any paying agent or a Registrar, be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation by it, or if surrendered to the Trustee, shall be canceled by it, and no Debt Securities shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the
provisions of this Indenture. All canceled Debt Securities held by the Trustee shall be destroyed (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) and certification of their destruction delivered to the Partnership, unless
otherwise directed. On request of the Partnership, the Trustee shall deliver to the Partnership canceled Debt Securities held by the Trustee. If the Partnership shall acquire any of the Debt Securities, however, such acquisition shall not operate as
a redemption or satisfaction of the Debt represented thereby unless and until the same are delivered or surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Partnership may not issue new Debt Securities to replace Debt Securities it has redeemed, paid
or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.11 Provisions of the Indenture and Debt Securities for the
Sole Benefit of the Parties and the Holders. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities, expressed or implied, shall give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, the Holders or any Registrar or paying
agent, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture, or under any covenant, condition or provision herein contained; all its covenants, conditions and provisions being for the sole benefit of the parties
hereto, the Holders and any Registrar and paying agents. 
 Section 2.12 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights
Preserved. 
 (a) Interest on any Debt Security that is payable and is punctually paid or duly provided for on any interest
payment date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Debt Security is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for such interest notwithstanding the cancellation of such Debt Security upon any transfer or exchange
subsequent to the regular record date. Payment of interest on Debt Securities shall be made at the corporate trust office of the Trustee (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.03), or at the option of the Partnership, by check
mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Debt Security Register or, if provided pursuant to Section 2.03 and in accordance with arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee, at the option of the
Holder by wire transfer to an account designated by the Holder. 
 (b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this
Section 2.12 and Section 2.17, each Debt Security of a particular series delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Debt Security of the same series shall carry the rights to
interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Debt Security. 

  
 10 

 Section 2.13 Securities Denominated in Dollars. Except as otherwise specified
pursuant to Section 2.03 for Debt Securities of any series, payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, Debt Securities of such series will be made in Dollars. 

Section 2.14 Wire Transfers. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary in this Indenture, the Partnership may make
any payment of moneys required to be deposited with the Trustee on account of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Debt Securities (whether pursuant to optional or mandatory redemption payments, interest payments or otherwise) by
wire transfer in immediately available funds to an account designated by the Trustee before 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date such moneys are to be paid to the Holders of the Debt Securities in accordance with the terms hereof. 

Section 2.15 Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security. 

(a) If the Partnership shall establish pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.03 that the Debt Securities of a particular series are to be issued
in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, then the Partnership shall execute and the Trustee or its agent shall, in accordance with Section 2.05, authenticate and deliver, such Global Security or Securities, which shall
represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Outstanding Debt Securities of such series to be represented by such Global Security or Securities, or such portion thereof as the Partnership shall
specify in an Officers’ Certificate, shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities or its nominee, shall be delivered by the Trustee or its agent to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s
instruction and shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: 
 “UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE PARTNERSHIP OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR
OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS
GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.” 

or such other legend as may then be required by the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities. 

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.15 or of Section 2.07 to the contrary, and subject to the provisions
of paragraph (c) below, unless the terms of a Global Security expressly permit such Global Security to be exchanged in whole or in part for definitive Debt Securities in registered form, a Global Security may be transferred, in whole but not in
part and in the manner provided in Section 2.07, only by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary for such Global Security, or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or a
nominee of the Depositary to a successor Depositary for such Global Security selected or approved by the Partnership, or to a nominee of such successor Depositary. 
 (c) (i) If at any time the Depositary for a Global Security or Securities notifies the Partnership that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or Securities or
if at any time the Depositary for the Debt Securities for such series shall no longer be eligible or in good standing under the Exchange Act or other applicable statute, rule or regulation, the Partnership shall appoint a successor Depositary with
respect to such Global Security or Securities. If a successor Depositary for such Global Security or Securities is not appointed by the Partnership within 90 days after the Partnership receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the
Partnership shall execute, and the Trustee or its agent, upon receipt of a Partnership Order for the authentication and delivery of such individual Debt Securities of such series in exchange for such Global Security or Securities, will authenticate
and deliver, individual Debt Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security or Securities in exchange for such Global Security or Securities.

 (ii) If an Event of Default occurs and the Depositary for a Global Security or Securities notifies the Trustee
of its decision to require that the Debt Securities of any series or portion thereof issued or issuable in the form of 

  
 11 

 
one or more Global Securities shall no longer be represented by such Global Security or Securities, the Partnership shall appoint a successor Depositary with respect to such Global Security or
Securities. In such event the Partnership will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Partnership Order for the authentication and delivery of individual Debt Securities of such series in exchange in whole or in part for such Global Security or
Securities, will authenticate and deliver individual Debt Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such series or portion thereof in exchange for such
Global Security or Securities. 
 (iii) If specified by the Partnership pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.03 with
respect to Debt Securities issued or issuable in the form of a Global Security, the Depositary for such Global Security may surrender such Global Security in exchange in whole or in part for individual Debt Securities of such series of like tenor
and terms in definitive form on such terms as are acceptable to the Partnership, the Trustee and such Depositary. Thereupon the Partnership shall execute, and the Trustee or its agent upon receipt of a Partnership Order for the authentication and
delivery of definitive Debt Securities of such series shall authenticate and deliver, without service charge, to each Person specified by such Depositary a new Debt Security or Securities of the same series of like tenor and terms and of any
authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest in the Global Security; and to such Depositary a new Global Security of like tenor and terms and in
an authorized denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of Debt Securities delivered to Holders thereof. 

(iv) In any exchange provided for in any of the preceding three paragraphs, the Partnership will execute and the Trustee
or its agent will authenticate and deliver individual Debt Securities. Upon the exchange of the entire principal amount of a Global Security for individual Debt Securities, such Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee or its agent. Except
as provided in the preceding paragraph, Debt Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary for such Global Security,
pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee or the Registrar. The Trustee or the Registrar shall deliver such Debt Securities to the Persons in whose names such Debt Securities are so
registered. 
 (v) Payments in respect of the principal of and interest on any Debt Securities registered in the
name of the Depositary or its nominee will be payable to the Depositary or such nominee in its capacity as the registered owner of such Global Security. The Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name
the Debt Securities, including the Global Security, are registered as the owner thereof for the purpose of receiving such payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. None of the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, any
Registrar, the paying agent or any agent of the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of the beneficial ownership
interests of the Global Security by the Depositary or its nominee or any of the Depositary’s direct or indirect participants, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of the Depositary, its nominee or any of its direct or
indirect participants relating to the beneficial ownership interests of the Global Security, the payments to the beneficial owners of the Global Security of amounts paid to the Depositary or its nominee, or any other matter relating to the actions
and practices of the Depositary, its nominee or any of its direct or indirect participants. None of the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee or any such agent will be liable for any delay by the Depositary, its nominee, or any of its
direct or indirect participants in identifying the beneficial owners of the Debt Securities, and the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from the
Depositary or its nominee for all purposes (including with respect to the registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the Debt Securities to be issued). 

Section 2.16 Medium Term Securities. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, if all Debt Securities of a series are
not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary for the Partnership to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, resolutions of the Board of Directors, supplemental Indenture, Opinion of Counsel or written order or any
other document otherwise required pursuant to Section 2.01, 2.03, 2.05 or 13.05 at or prior to the time of authentication of each Debt Security of such series if such documents are delivered to the Trustee or its agent at or prior to the
authentication upon original issuance of the first such Debt Security of such series to be issued; provided, that any subsequent request by the Partnership to the Trustee to authenticate Debt Securities of such series upon original issuance shall
constitute a representation and warranty by the Partnership that, as of the date of such request, the statements made in the Officers’ Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 2.05 or 13.05 shall be true and correct as if made on such
date and that the Opinion of Counsel delivered at or prior to such time of authentication of an original issuance of Debt Securities shall specifically state that it shall relate to all subsequent issuances of Debt Securities of such series that are
identical to the Debt Securities issued in the first issuance of Debt Securities of such series. 

  
 12 

 A Partnership Order delivered by the Partnership to the Trustee in the circumstances set
forth in the preceding paragraph, may provide that Debt Securities which are the subject thereof will be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or its agent on original issue from time to time upon the telephonic or written order of Persons
designated in such written order (any such telephonic instructions to be promptly confirmed in writing by such Person) and that such Persons are authorized to determine, consistent with the Officers’ Certificate, supplemental Indenture or
resolution of the Board of Directors relating to such written order, such terms and conditions of such Debt Securities as are specified in such Officers’ Certificate, supplemental Indenture or such resolution. 

Section 2.17 Defaulted Interest. Any interest on any Debt Security of a particular series which is payable, but is not
punctually paid or duly provided for, on the dates and in the manner provided in the Debt Securities of such series and in this Indenture (herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder thereof on the
relevant record date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Partnership, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below: 

(i) The Partnership may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Debt Securities
of such series are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Partnership shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted
Interest proposed to be paid on each such Debt Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Partnership shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in
respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such
Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment
and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Partnership of such special record date and, in the name and at the expense of the Partnership, shall cause
notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor to be mailed, first class postage pre-paid, to each Holder thereof at its address as it appears in the Debt Security Register, not less than 10 days prior
to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the special record date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Debt Securities of such series
are registered at the close of business on such special record date. 
 (ii) The Partnership may make payment of
any Defaulted Interest on the Debt Securities of such series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Debt Securities of such series may be listed, and upon such notice as may be
required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Partnership to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 

Section 2.18 CUSIP Numbers. The Partnership in issuing the Debt Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then
generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as
printed on the Debt Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Debt Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Partnership will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP” numbers. 
 ARTICLE III 
 REDEMPTION OF DEBT SECURITIES 

Section 3.01 Applicability of Article. The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to the Debt Securities of any
series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.03 for Debt Securities of such series. 
 Section 3.02 Notice of Redemption; Selection of Debt Securities. In case the Partnership shall desire to exercise the right to redeem all or, as the case may be, any part of the Debt
Securities of any series in accordance with their terms, by resolution of the Board of Directors or a supplemental Indenture, the Partnership shall fix a date for redemption and shall give notice of such redemption at least 30 and not more than 60
days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the Holders of Debt Securities of such series so to be redeemed as a whole or in part, in the manner provided in Section 13.03. The notice if given in the manner herein provided shall be
conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Debt Security of a series designated for redemption as a whole
or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Debt Security of such series. 

  
 13 

 Each such notice of redemption shall specify (i) the date fixed for redemption,
(ii) the redemption price at which Debt Securities of such series are to be redeemed (or the method of calculating such redemption price), (iii) the Place or Places of Payment that payment will be made upon presentation and surrender of
such Debt Securities, (iv) that any interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption will be paid as specified in said notice, (v) that the redemption is for a sinking fund payment (if applicable), (vi) that, unless otherwise
specified in such notice, if the Partnership defaults in making such redemption payment or if the Debt Securities of that series are subordinated pursuant to the terms of Article XII, the paying agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant
to the terms of this Indenture, (vii) that on and after said date any interest thereon or on the portions thereof to be redeemed will cease to accrue, (viii) that in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities original issue discount
accrued after the date fixed for redemption will cease to accrue, (ix) the terms of the Debt Securities of that series pursuant to which the Debt Securities of that series are being redeemed and (x) that no representation is made as to the
correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Debt Securities of that series. If less than all the Debt Securities of a series are to be redeemed the notice of redemption shall specify the certificate
numbers of any Debt Securities of that series to be redeemed that are not in global form. In case any Debt Security of a series is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be
redeemed and shall state that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Debt Security, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of that series in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof, will be issued.

 At least five days before the giving of any notice of redemption, unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period, the
Partnership shall give written notice to the Trustee of the Redemption Date, the principal amount of Debt Securities to be redeemed and the series and terms of the Debt Securities pursuant to which such redemption will occur. Such notice shall be
accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Partnership to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein, and such notice may be revoked at any time prior to the giving of a notice of
redemption to the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.02. If fewer than all the Debt Securities of a series are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Partnership and given in writing to the Trustee,
which record date shall be not less than three days after the date of notice to the Trustee. 
 By 11 a.m., New York City time,
on the Redemption Date for any Debt Securities, the Partnership shall deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if the Partnership is acting as its own paying agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money in Dollars (except as
provided pursuant to Section 2.03) sufficient to pay the redemption price of such Debt Securities or any portions thereof that are to be redeemed on that date, together with any interest accrued to the Redemption Date. 

If less than all the Debt Securities of like tenor and terms of a series are to be redeemed (other than pursuant to mandatory sinking
fund redemptions), the Trustee shall select, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as in its sole discretion it shall deem appropriate and fair, the Debt Securities of that series or portions thereof (in multiples of $1,000) to be
redeemed. In any case where more than one Debt Security of such series is registered in the same name, the Trustee in its discretion may treat the aggregate principal amount so registered as if it were represented by one Debt Security of such
series. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Partnership in writing of the Debt Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Debt Securities selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. If any Debt
Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof on such Redemption Date, the principal, premium, if any, and interest shall bear interest until paid from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Debt Securities of that
series. If less than all the Debt Securities of unlike tenor and terms of a series are to be redeemed, the particular Debt Securities to be redeemed shall be selected by the Partnership. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Debt Securities
called for redemption also apply to portions of Debt Securities called for redemption. 
 Section 3.03 Payment of Debt
Securities Called for Redemption. If notice of redemption has been given as provided in Section 3.02, the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities of the series with respect to which such notice has been given shall become due and
payable on the date and at the Place or Places of Payment stated in such notice at the applicable redemption price, together with any interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption, and on and after said date (unless the Partnership shall default
in the payment of such Debt Securities at the applicable redemption price, together with any interest accrued to said date) any interest on the Debt Securities or portions of Debt Securities of any series so called for redemption shall cease to
accrue, and any original issue discount in the case of Original Issue Discount Securities shall cease to accrue. On presentation and surrender of such Debt Securities at the Place or Places of Payment in said notice specified, the said Debt
Securities or the specified portions thereof shall be paid and redeemed by the Partnership at the applicable redemption price, together with any interest accrued thereon to the date fixed for redemption. 

  
 14 

 Any Debt Security that is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the Place of
Payment with, if the Partnership, the Registrar or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Partnership, the Registrar and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing, and the Partnership shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Debt Security without service charge, a new Debt Security or Debt Securities of the same series, of like
tenor and form, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Debt Security so surrendered; except that if a Global Security is so
surrendered, the Partnership shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Depositary for such Global Security, without service charge, a new Global Security in a denomination equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed
portion of the principal of the Global Security so surrendered. In the case of a Debt Security providing appropriate space for such notation, at the option of the Holder thereof, the Trustee, in lieu of delivering a new Debt Security or Debt
Securities as aforesaid, may make a notation on such Debt Security of the payment of the redeemed portion thereof. 

Section 3.04 Mandatory and Optional Sinking Funds. The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms
of Debt Securities of any series, resolution of the Board of Directors or a supplemental Indenture is herein referred to as a “mandatory sinking fund payment,” and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the terms of
Debt Securities of any series, resolution of the Board of Directors or a supplemental Indenture is herein referred to as an “optional sinking fund payment.” 
 In lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to any Debt Securities of a series in cash, the Partnership may at its option (a) deliver to the Trustee Debt
Securities of that series theretofore purchased or otherwise acquired by the Partnership or (b) receive credit for the principal amount of Debt Securities of that series which have been redeemed either at the election of the Partnership
pursuant to the terms of such Debt Securities or through the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such Debt Securities, resolution or supplemental Indenture; provided, that such Debt Securities have not
been previously so credited. Such Debt Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the redemption price specified in such Debt Securities, resolution or supplemental Indenture for redemption through operation of the
sinking fund and the amount of such mandatory sinking fund payment shall be reduced accordingly. 
 Section 3.05
Redemption of Debt Securities for Sinking Fund. Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for any series of Debt Securities, the Partnership will deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate specifying the amount
of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for that series pursuant to the terms of that series, any resolution or supplemental Indenture, the portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if any, which
is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Debt Securities of that series pursuant to this Section 3.05 (which Debt Securities, if not previously redeemed, will accompany such certificate) and whether the Partnership intends to exercise its
right to make any permitted optional sinking fund payment with respect to such series. Such certificate shall also state that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to such series. Such certificate shall be irrevocable and
upon its delivery the Partnership shall be obligated to make the cash payment or payments therein referred to, if any, by 11 a.m., New York City time, on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date. Failure of the Partnership to deliver such
certificate (or to deliver the Debt Securities specified in this paragraph) shall not constitute a Default, but such failure shall require that the sinking fund payment due on the next succeeding sinking fund payment date for that series shall be
paid entirely in cash and shall be sufficient to redeem the principal amount of such Debt Securities subject to a mandatory sinking fund payment without the option to deliver or credit Debt Securities as provided in this Section 3.05 and
without the right to make any optional sinking fund payment, if any, with respect to such series. 
 Any sinking fund payment or
payments (mandatory or optional) made in cash plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments made in cash which shall equal or exceed $100,000 (or a lesser sum if the Partnership shall so request) with respect to the Debt Securities
of any particular series shall be applied by the Trustee on the sinking fund payment date on which such payment is made (or, if such payment is made before a sinking fund payment date, on the sinking fund payment date following the date of such
payment) to the redemption of such Debt Securities at the redemption price specified in such Debt Securities, resolution or supplemental Indenture for operation of the sinking fund together with any accrued interest to the date fixed for redemption.
Any sinking fund moneys not so applied or allocated by the Trustee to the redemption of Debt Securities shall be added to the next cash sinking fund payment received by the Trustee for such series and, together with such payment, shall be applied in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.05. Any and all sinking fund moneys with respect to the Debt Securities of any particular series held by the Trustee on the last sinking fund payment date with respect to Debt Securities of such
series and not held for the payment or redemption of particular Debt Securities shall be applied by the Trustee, together with other moneys, if necessary, to be deposited sufficient for the purpose, to the payment of the principal of the Debt
Securities of that series at its Stated Maturity. 

  
 15 

 The Trustee shall select the Debt Securities to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment
date in the manner specified in the last paragraph of Section 3.02 and the Partnership shall cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the manner provided in Section 3.02 except that the notice of redemption shall also state
that the Debt Securities are being redeemed by operation of the sinking fund. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Debt Securities shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Section 3.03. 

The Trustee shall not redeem any Debt Securities of a series with sinking fund moneys or mail any notice of redemption of such Debt
Securities by operation of the sinking fund for such series during the continuance of a Default in payment of interest on such Debt Securities or of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default occurring as a consequence of this paragraph)
with respect to such Debt Securities, except that if the notice of redemption of any such Debt Securities shall theretofore have been mailed in accordance with the provisions hereof, the Trustee shall redeem such Debt Securities if cash sufficient
for that purpose shall be deposited with the Trustee for that purpose in accordance with the terms of this Article III. Except as aforesaid, any moneys in the sinking fund for such series at the time when any such Default or Event of Default shall
occur and any moneys thereafter paid into such sinking fund shall, during the continuance of such Default or Event of Default, be held as security for the payment of such Debt Securities; provided, however, that in case such Default or Event of
Default shall have been cured or waived as provided herein, such moneys shall thereafter be applied on the next sinking fund payment date for such Debt Securities on which such moneys may be applied pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 3.05. 
 ARTICLE IV 
 PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE PARTNERSHIP 
 Section 4.01 Payment of
Principal of, and Premium, If Any, and Interest on, Debt Securities. The Partnership, for the benefit of each series of Debt Securities, will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on,
each of the Debt Securities at the place, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein or in the Debt Securities. Each installment of interest on any Debt Securities not in global form may at the Partnership’s option be paid by
mailing checks for such interest payable to the Person entitled thereto pursuant to Section 2.07(a) to the address of such Person as it appears on the Debt Security Register. 

Principal of and premium and interest on Debt Securities of any series shall be considered paid on the date due if, by 11 a.m., New York
City time, on such date the Trustee or any paying agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal, premium and interest then due and, in the case of Debt Securities subordinated pursuant to the terms of Article
XII, the Trustee or such paying agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 The Partnership shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, at the rate specified therefor in the Debt Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same
rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Offices or Agencies for Registration of Transfer, Exchange and
Payment of Debt Securities. The Partnership will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of Debt Securities an office or agency where Debt Securities of such series may be presented or surrendered for payment, and it shall also maintain
(in or outside such Place of Payment) an office or agency where Debt Securities of such series may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Partnership in respect of the Debt Securities of such series and
this Indenture may be served. The Partnership will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Partnership shall fail to maintain any such required office or
agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the office of the Trustee where its corporate trust business is principally administered in the United
States, and the Partnership hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 The Partnership may also from time to time designate different or additional offices or agencies to be maintained for such purposes (in or outside of such Place of Payment), and may from time to time
rescind any such designation; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Partnership of its obligations described in the preceding paragraph. The Partnership will give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of any such additional designation or rescission of designation and any change in the location of any such different or additional office or agency. 
 Section 4.03 Appointment to Fill a Vacancy in the Office of Trustee. The Partnership, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner
provided in Section 7.08, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to each series of Debt Securities. 
 Section 4.04 Duties of Paying Agents, etc. 

  
 16 

 (a) The Partnership shall cause each paying agent, if any, other than the Trustee, to
execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04, 
 (i) that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Debt Securities of any series (whether such sums have been paid to it
by the Partnership or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities of such series) in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Debt Securities of such series; 
 (ii) that it will give the Trustee notice of any failure by the Partnership (or by any other obligor on the Debt Securities of such series) to make any payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or
interest on, the Debt Securities of such series when the same shall be due and payable; and 
 (iii) that it will
at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held by it as such agent. 
 (b) If the Partnership shall act as its own paying agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, the Debt Securities of any series, set aside,
segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Debt Securities of such series a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, or interest so becoming due. The Partnership will promptly notify the Trustee of any failure by
the Partnership to take such action or the failure by any other obligor on such Debt Securities to make any payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, such Debt Securities when the same shall be due and payable. 

(c) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Partnership may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums held in trust by it or any paying agent, as required by this Section 4.04, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same
trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Partnership or such paying agent. 
 (d) Whenever the Partnership shall
have one or more paying agents with respect to any series of Debt Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, any Debt Securities of such series, deposit with any such paying agent a sum
sufficient to pay the principal, premium or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto, and (unless any such paying agent is the Trustee) the Partnership will promptly notify the Trustee of
its action or failure so to act. 
 (e) Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the agreement to
hold sums in trust as provided in this Section 4.04 is subject to the provisions of Section 11.05. 

Section 4.05 SEC Reports; Financial Statements. 
 (a) The Partnership shall, so long as any of the Debt Securities are Outstanding, file with the Trustee, within 30 days after it files the same with the SEC, copies of the annual reports and the
information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Partnership is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act. If the Partnership is not subject to the requirements of such Section 13 or 15(d), the Partnership shall file with the Trustee, within 30 days after it would have been required to file the same with the SEC, financial statements,
including any notes thereto (and with respect to annual reports, an auditors’ report by a firm of established national reputation), and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,”
both comparable to that which the Partnership would have been required to include in such annual reports, information, documents or other reports if the Partnership had been subject to the requirements of such Section 13 or 15(d). The
Partnership shall also comply with the provisions of TIA Section 314(a). 
 (b) The Partnership shall provide the Trustee
with a sufficient number of copies of all reports and other documents and information that the Trustee may be required to deliver to Holders under this Section. 
 (c) The Partnership shall, so long as any of the Debt Securities are Outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days of any Officer of the General Partner becoming aware of the occurrence of any Event
of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Event of Default and what action the Partnership is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.06 Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Partnership and any
Subsidiary Guarantor shall, so long as any of the Debt Securities are Outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of
the Partnership and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers of the General Partner with a view to determining whether each of the Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantor has
kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as 

  
 17 

 
to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his knowledge each of the Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantor has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every
covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof, without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice required by this Indenture (or, if a
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which such Officer may have knowledge and what action the Partnership or any Subsidiary Guarantor is taking or proposes to take with respect
thereto) and that to the best of his knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Debt Securities are prohibited or, if such
event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Partnership or any Subsidiary Guarantor is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 (b) The Partnership shall, so long as any of the Debt Securities are Outstanding, deliver to the Trustee within 30 days after the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default under this Indenture, an
Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default, the status thereof and what action the Partnership is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 4.07 Further Instruments and Acts. The Partnership will, upon request of the Trustee, execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may reasonably be
necessary or proper to carry out more effectually the purposes of this Indenture. 
 Section 4.08 Existence. Except
as permitted by Article X hereof, the Partnership shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Partnership, provided that
the Partnership shall not be required to preserve any such right or franchise, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Partnership. 

Section 4.09 Maintenance of Properties. The Partnership shall cause all properties owned by the Partnership or any of its
Subsidiaries or used or held for use in the conduct of its business or the business of any such Subsidiary to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary
equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Partnership may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be
properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Partnership from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the
Partnership, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any such Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders. 
 Section 4.10 Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Partnership shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all taxes,
assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and
supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Partnership or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the Partnership shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax,
assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings. 

ARTICLE V 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY THE TRUSTEE 
 Section 5.01 Partnership to Furnish Trustee Information as to Names and Addresses of Holders; Preservation of Information. The Partnership covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to
be furnished to the Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of each series: 
 (a) not more than 10 days after each record
date with respect to the payment of interest, if any, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such record date, and 

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Partnership of any such request, a
list of similar form and contents as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; 
 provided, however, that so
long as the Trustee shall be the Registrar, such lists shall not be required to be furnished. 
 The Trustee shall preserve, in
as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Holders (i) contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in this Section 5.01 or (ii) received by it in the capacity
of paying agent or Registrar (if so acting) hereunder. 

  
 18 

 The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in this Section 5.01 upon
receipt of a new list so furnished. 
 Section 5.02 Communications to Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to
Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Debt Securities. The Partnership, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

 Section 5.03 Reports by Trustee. Within 60 days after each January 31, beginning with the first
January 31 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event on or before April 1 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a brief report dated as of such January 31 that complies with TIA Section 313(a); provided,
however, that if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b). 

Reports pursuant to this Section 5.03 shall be transmitted by mail: 

(a) to all Holders, as the names and addresses of such Holders appear in the Debt Security Register; and 

(b) except in the cases of reports under Section 313(b)(2) of the TIA, to each Holder of a Debt Security of any series whose name
and address appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 5.01. 
 A copy of
each report at the time of its mailing to Holders shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Debt Securities of any series are listed. The Partnership agrees to notify promptly the
Trustee whenever the Debt Securities of any series become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 

Section 5.04 Record Dates for Action by Holders. If the Partnership shall solicit from the Holders of Debt Securities of any
series any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any direction, notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the Partnership may, at its option, by resolution of the Board of Directors, fix in advance
a record date for the determination of Holders of Debt Securities entitled to take such action, but the Partnership shall have no obligation to do so. Any such record date shall be fixed at the Partnership’s discretion. If such a record date is
fixed, such action may be sought or given before or after the record date, but only the Holders of Debt Securities of record at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders of Debt Securities for the purpose of determining
whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Debt Securities of such series Outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such action, and for that purpose the Debt Securities of such series Outstanding shall be computed as of such record
date. 
 ARTICLE VI 
 REMEDIES OF THE TRUSTEE AND HOLDERS IN EVENT OF DEFAULT 
 Section 6.01
Events of Default. If any one or more of the following shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Debt Securities of any series (each of the following, an “Event of Default”): 

(a) default in the payment of any installment of interest upon any Debt Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due
and payable, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article XII, if applicable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or 
 (b) default in the payment of the principal of or premium, if any, on any Debt Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due and payable, whether at Stated Maturity, upon redemption, by
declaration, upon required repurchase or otherwise, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article XII, if applicable; or 
 (c) default in the payment of any sinking fund payment with respect to any Debt Securities of that series as and when the same shall become due and payable; or 

(d) failure on the part of the Partnership, or if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is entitled to the
benefits of the Guarantee, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, duly to observe or perform any other of the covenants or agreements on the part of the Partnership, or if applicable, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, in the Debt Securities of that
series, in any resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the issuance of that series of Debt Securities, in this Indenture with respect to such series or in any supplemental Indenture with respect to such series (other than a covenant a
default in the performance of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), continuing for a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice specifying such failure and requiring the Partnership, or if applicable, the
Subsidiary Guarantors, to remedy the same shall have been given to the Partnership, or if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantors, by the Trustee or to the Partnership, or if applicable, the Subsidiary Guarantors, and the Trustee by the Holders of at
least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of that series at the time Outstanding; or 

  
 19 

 (e) the Partnership, or if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is
entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, 
 (i) commences a voluntary case, 
 (ii) consents to the entry of an
order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or
for all or substantially all of its property; or (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; 
 (f) a
court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief
against the Partnership, or if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, as debtor in an involuntary case, 

(ii) appoints a Custodian of the Partnership, or if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is
entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, or a Custodian for all or substantially all of the property of the Partnership, or if applicable, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, or 

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Partnership, or if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is
entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, 
 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60
days; 
 (g) if any series of Debt Securities Outstanding under this Indenture is entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee, the
Guarantee of any of the Subsidiary Guarantors ceases to be in full force and effect with respect to Debt Securities of that series (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture) or is declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or such Guarantee; or 
 (h) any other Event of
Default provided with respect to Debt Securities of that series; 
 then and in each and every case that an Event of Default described in clause
(a), (b), (c), (d), (g), or (h) with respect to Debt Securities of that series at the time Outstanding occurs with respect to the Partnership and is continuing, unless the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all
the Debt Securities of that series shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of that series then Outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing
to the Partnership (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal of (or, if the Debt Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Debt Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms
of that series), premium, if any, and interest on all the Debt Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or
in the Debt Securities of that series contained to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default described in clause (e) or (f) occurs with respect to the Partnership, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of
and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Debt Securities shall have become due and payable, the principal of (or, if the Debt Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount Debt Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be
specified in the terms thereof), premium, if any, and interest on all the Debt Securities then Outstanding hereunder shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holders, anything in this Indenture or in the Debt Securities contained to the contrary notwithstanding. 
 The Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of a particular series by written notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction already rendered and if all existing Events of Default with respect to that series have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest that has become due solely because of acceleration. Upon
any such rescission, the parties hereto shall be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the parties hereto shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken. 

Section 6.02 Collection of Debt by Trustee, etc. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee, in its own
name and as trustee of an express trust, shall be entitled and empowered to institute any action or proceedings at law or in equity for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid or enforce the performance of any provision of the Debt Securities
of the affected series or this Indenture, and may prosecute any such action or proceedings to judgment or final decree, and may enforce any such judgment or final decree against any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership or any other
obligor upon the Debt Securities of such series (and collect in the manner provided by law out of the property of any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities of such series wherever situated the
moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable). 

  
 20 

 In case there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of
any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities of any series under any Bankruptcy Law, or in case a Custodian shall have been appointed for its property, or in case of any other similar judicial
proceedings relative to any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities of any series, its creditors or its property, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of Debt Securities of any
series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.02, shall be entitled and empowered, by
intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest (or, if the Debt Securities of such series are Original Issue Discount Debt Securities, such portion
of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such series) owing and unpaid in respect of the Debt Securities of such series, and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of
the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee except as a result of its
negligence or bad faith) and of the Holders thereof allowed in any such judicial proceedings relative to any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership, or any other obligor upon the Debt Securities of such series, its creditors or its
property, and to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of such Holders and of the Trustee on their behalf, and any receiver,
assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization is hereby authorized by each of such Holders to make payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to such Holders, to pay to the
Trustee such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, its agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee except as a result of
its negligence or bad faith. 
 All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Debt
Securities of any series, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any such Debt Securities, or the production thereof in any trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or proceedings instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment (except for any amounts payable to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.06) shall be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of all the Debt Securities in
respect of which such action was taken. 
 In case of an Event of Default hereunder the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to
protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of such rights, either at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise,
whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture
or by law. 
 Section 6.03 Application of Moneys Collected by Trustee. Any moneys or other property collected by the
Trustee pursuant to Section 6.02 with respect to Debt Securities of any series shall be applied, after giving effect to the provisions of Article XII, if applicable, in the order following, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the
distribution of such moneys or other property, upon presentation of the several Debt Securities of such series in respect of which moneys or other property have been collected, and the notation thereon of the payment, if only partially paid, and
upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 
 FIRST: To the payment of all money due the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.06;

 SECOND: In case the principal of the Outstanding Debt Securities in respect of which such moneys have been collected shall
not have become due, to the payment of interest on the Debt Securities of such series in the order of the maturity of the installments of such interest, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon the
overdue installments of interest at the rate or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Debt Securities) borne by the Debt Securities of such series, such payments to be made ratably to the Persons entitled thereto, without
discrimination or preference; 
 THIRD: In case the principal of the Outstanding Debt Securities in respect of which such moneys
have been collected shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, to the payment of the whole amount then owing and unpaid upon the Debt Securities of such series for principal and premium, if any, and interest, with interest on the overdue
principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or Yield to Maturity (in the case of Original Issue Discount Debt Securities) borne by the Debt
Securities of such series; and, in case such moneys shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amount so due and unpaid upon the Debt 

  
 21 

 
Securities of such series, then to the payment of such principal and premium, if any, and interest, without preference or priority of principal and premium, if any, over interest, or of interest
over principal and premium, if any, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Debt Security of such series over any Debt Security of such series, ratably to the aggregate of such principal and premium, if
any, and interest; and 
 FOURTH: The remainder, if any, shall be paid to the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership, as
applicable, its successors or assigns, or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.03. At least 15 days before such record date, the Partnership shall mail to each Holder and
the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 
 Section 6.04 Limitation on
Suits by Holders. No Holder of any Debt Security of any series shall have any right by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise, upon or
under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default with respect to Debt
Securities of that same series and of the continuance thereof and unless the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute
such action or proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity or security as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be
incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee, for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity or security shall have failed to institute any such action or proceedings and no direction inconsistent with such written
request shall have been given to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.06; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the Holder of every Debt Security with every other Holder and the Trustee, that no one or more Holders
shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any Holders, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder,
or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all such Holders. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 6.04, each and every
Holder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. 
 Notwithstanding any other
provision in this Indenture, however, the right of any Holder of any Debt Security to receive payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.12) interest on, such Debt Security, on or after the respective due dates
expressed in such Debt Security, and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 

Section 6.05 Remedies Cumulative; Delay or Omission in Exercise of Rights Not a Waiver of Default. All powers and remedies
given by this Article VI to the Trustee or to the Holders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders, by judicial
proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default
occurring and continuing as aforesaid, shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Default or an acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.04, every power and remedy given by
this Article VI or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders. 
 Section 6.06 Rights of Holders of Majority in Principal Amount of Debt Securities to Direct Trustee and to Waive Default. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Debt Securities of any series at the time Outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or of exercising any right, trust or power conferred on the
Trustee, with respect to the Debt Securities of such series; provided, however, that such direction shall not be otherwise than in accordance with law and the provisions of this Indenture, and that subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the
Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee being advised by counsel shall determine that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or is inconsistent with any provision of this Indenture, or if the
Trustee shall by a responsible officer or officers determine that the action so directed would involve it in personal liability or would be unduly prejudicial to Holders of Debt Securities of such series not taking part in such direction; and
provided, further, however, that nothing in this Indenture contained shall impair the right of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction by such Holders. The Holders of not less
than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of any series at the time Outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all the Debt Securities of that series waive any past Default or Event of Default and its consequences for
that series, except a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, and 

  
 22 

 
premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Debt Securities and a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each
Holder affected thereby. In case of any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, and the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Partnership,
the Trustee and the Holders of the Debt Securities of that series shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any
right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.07 Trustee to Give Notice of Events of Defaults Known to It, but May Withhold
Such Notice in Certain Circumstances. The Trustee shall, within 90 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default, or if later, within 30 days after the Trustee obtains actual knowledge of the Event of Default, with respect to a series of Debt
Securities give to the Holders thereof, in the manner provided in Section 13.03, notice of all Events of Default with respect to such series known to the Trustee, unless such Events of Default shall have been cured or waived before the giving
of such notice; provided, that, except in the case of an Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Debt Securities of such series or in the making of any sinking fund payment with respect to
the Debt Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a committee of directors or responsible officers of the Trustee in good faith
determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders thereof. 
 Section 6.08 Requirement
of an Undertaking to Pay Costs in Certain Suits under the Indenture or Against the Trustee. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Debt Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in
its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking
to pay the costs of such suit in the manner and to the extent provided in the TIA, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 6.08 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group
of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 25 percent in principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or
interest on, any Debt Security on or after the due date for such payment expressed in such Debt Security. 
 ARTICLE VII

 CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred,
undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in
it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. 

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent
failure to act, its own bad faith or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (a) this paragraph shall not be construed to
limit the effect of the first paragraph of this Section 7.01; 
 (b) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default with
respect to the Debt Securities of a series and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default with respect to such series which may have occurred: 
 (i) the duties and obligations of the Trustee with respect to Debt Securities of any series shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable
except for the performance of such duties and obligations with respect to such series as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to such series shall be read into this Indenture against the
Trustee; 
 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions
which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture; but the Trustee shall
examine the evidence furnished to it pursuant to Sections 4.05 and 4.06 to determine whether or not such evidence conforms to the requirement of this Indenture; 

  
 23 

 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable for an error of judgment made in good
faith by a responsible officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (iv) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it with respect to Debt Securities of any series in good faith in accordance with the direction of the
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of that series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust
or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to Debt Securities of such series. 
 None of the
provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there
shall be reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the
provisions of this Section. 
 Section 7.02 Certain Rights of Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in
Section 7.01: 
 (a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper party or parties; 
 (b) any request, direction, order or demand of the Partnership mentioned herein
shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Partnership Order (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the General Partner; 
 (c) the Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice of such
counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such advice or Opinion of Counsel; 

(d) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request, order
or direction of any of the Holders of Debt Securities of any series pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
which may be incurred therein or thereby; 
 (e) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good
faith and reasonably believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; 
 (f) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default which may have occurred, the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters
stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, approval or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then Outstanding Debt Securities of a series affected by such matter; provided, however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making of
such investigation is not, in the opinion of the Trustee, reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity against such costs, expenses or liabilities as a
condition to so proceeding, and the reasonable expense of every such investigation shall be paid by the Partnership or, if paid by the Trustee, shall be repaid by the Partnership upon demand; 

(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents
or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder; and 
 (h) if any property other than cash shall at any time be subject to a Lien in favor of the Holders, the Trustee, if and to the extent authorized by a receivership or bankruptcy court of competent
jurisdiction or by the supplemental instrument subjecting such property to such Lien, shall be entitled to make advances for the purpose of preserving such property or of discharging tax Liens or other prior Liens or encumbrances thereon.

  
 24 

 Section 7.03 Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Indenture or in Debt Securities.
The recitals contained herein, in the Debt Securities (except the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Partnership, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The
Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Debt Securities of any series, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Debt
Securities and perform its obligations hereunder, and that the statements made by it or to be made by it in a Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 supplied to the Partnership are true and accurate. The Trustee shall not be
accountable for the use or application by the Partnership of any of the Debt Securities or of the proceeds thereof. 

Section 7.04 Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar May Own Debt Securities. The Trustee or any paying agent or Registrar, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Debt Securities and subject to the provisions of the TIA relating to conflicts of interest and preferential claims may otherwise deal with the Partnership with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee, paying agent or Registrar. 
 Section 7.05 Moneys Received by Trustee to Be Held in
Trust. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.05, all moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other
funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any moneys received by it hereunder. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all interest allowed on any such moneys
shall be paid from time to time to the Partnership upon a Partnership Order. 
 Section 7.06 Compensation and
Reimbursement. The Partnership covenants and agrees to pay in Dollars to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which shall not be limited by any
provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust), and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Partnership will pay or reimburse in Dollars the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses,
disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents, attorneys and counsel and of all Persons
not regularly in its employ), including without limitation, Section 6.02, except any such expense, disbursement or advances as may arise from its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Partnership also covenants to indemnify in
Dollars the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration
of this trust or trusts hereunder, including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The obligations of the
Partnership under this Section 7.06 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall constitute additional Debt hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction and discharge
of this Indenture. The Partnership and the Holders agree that such additional Debt shall be secured by a Lien prior to that of the Debt Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee, as such, except funds held in trust for
the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, particular Debt Securities. 
 When the Trustee incurs
expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 Section 7.07 Right of Trustee to Rely on an Officers’ Certificate Where No Other Evidence Specifically
Prescribed. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and
established by an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee and such certificate, in the absence of negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it
under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof. 
 Section 7.08 Separate Trustee; Replacement of
Trustee. The Partnership may, but need not, appoint a separate Trustee for any one or more series of Debt Securities. The Trustee may resign with respect to one or more or all series of Debt Securities at any time by giving notice to the
Partnership. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debt Securities of a particular series may remove the Trustee for such series and only such series by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Partnership
shall remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 

  
 25 

 (c) a Custodian takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(d) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Partnership or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Debt Securities of a particular series and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint
a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Partnership shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. No resignation or removal
of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of this Section 7.08. 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Partnership. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders
of Debt Securities of each applicable series. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06. 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee gives notice of resignation or is removed, the
retiring Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the Debt Securities of any applicable series may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee for the Debt Securities of such series.

 If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder of Debt Securities of any applicable series may petition
any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee for the Debt Securities of such series. 
 Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Partnership’s obligations under Section 7.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 In the case of the appointment hereunder of a separate or successor Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of one or
more series, the Partnership, any retiring Trustee and each successor or separate Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of any applicable series shall execute and deliver an Indenture supplemental hereto (i) which shall contain such
provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of any retiring Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of any series as to which any such retiring Trustee is not retiring shall
continue to be vested in such retiring Trustee and (ii) that shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one trustee,
it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental Indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such separate, retiring or successor Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder
separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee. 
 Section 7.09 Successor
Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee
corporation or banking association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor
or successors to the Trustee by merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture any of the Debt Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may
adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Debt Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Debt Securities shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may
authenticate such Debt Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Debt Securities or in
this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 
 Section 7.10 Eligibility;
Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of
condition. No obligor upon the Debt Securities of a particular series or Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such obligor shall serve as Trustee for the Debt Securities of such series. The Trustee
shall comply with Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA this Indenture or any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of
interest or participation in other securities of the Partnership are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met. 

  
 26 

 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Partnership. The Trustee
shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated
therein. 
 Section 7.12 Compliance with Tax Laws. The Trustee hereby agrees to comply with all U.S. Federal income
tax information reporting and withholding requirements applicable to it with respect to payments of premium (if any) and interest on the Debt Securities, whether acting as Trustee, Registrar, paying agent or otherwise with respect to the Debt
Securities. 
 ARTICLE VIII 
 CONCERNING THE HOLDERS 
 Section 8.01 Evidence of Action by
Holders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of any or all series may take action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of
any direction, notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action) the fact that at the time of taking any such action the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of
instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in Person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, (b) by the record of the Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of
Section 5.02, (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders or (d) in the case of Debt Securities evidenced by a Global Security, by any electronic transmission or other
message, whether or not in written format, that complies with the Depositary’s applicable procedures. 
 Section 8.02
Proof of Execution of Instruments and of Holding of Debt Securities. Subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01, 7.02 and 13.09, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Holder or his agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in
accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The ownership of Debt Securities of any series shall be proved by the Debt Security Register or by a
certificate of the Registrar for such series. The Trustee may require such additional proof of any matter referred to in this Section 8.02 as it shall deem necessary. 
 Section 8.03 Who May Be Deemed Owner of Debt Securities. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Debt Security, the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee,
any paying agent and any Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Debt Security shall be registered upon the books of the Partnership as the absolute owner of such Debt Security (whether or not such Debt Security shall be overdue
and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal of and premium, if any, and (subject to Section 2.12) interest on such Debt Security and for all
other purposes, and none of the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee nor any paying agent nor any Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary; and all such payments so made to any such Holder for the time being, or
upon his order, shall be valid and, to the extent of the sum or sums so paid, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for moneys payable upon any such Debt Security. 
 None of the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, any paying agent or any Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on
account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. 
 Section 8.04 Instruments Executed by Holders Bind Future Holders. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any
action by the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of any series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action and subject to the following paragraph, any Holder of a Debt Security which is
shown by the evidence to be included in the Debt Securities the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its corporate trust office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02,
revoke such action so far as concerns such Debt Security. Except as aforesaid any such action taken by the Holder of any Debt Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Debt Security and
of any Debt Security issued upon transfer thereof or in exchange or substitution therefor, irrespective of whether or not any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Debt Security or such other Debt Securities. Any action taken by the Holders
of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of any series specified in this Indenture in connection with such action shall be conclusively binding upon the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee and the
Holders of all the Debt Securities of such series. 
 The Partnership may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for
the purpose of determining the Holders of Debt Securities entitled to give their consent or take any other action required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding
paragraph, those Persons who were Holders of Debt Securities at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent 

  
 27 

 
or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders of Debt Securities after such record date. No such consent shall be valid
or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the Holders of the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the Debt Securities of such series specified in this Indenture shall have been received within such
120-day period. 
 ARTICLE IX 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 
 Section 9.01 Purposes for Which
Supplemental Indenture May Be Entered into Without Consent of Holders. The Partnership and any Subsidiary Guarantors, when authorized by resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time, without the
consent of Holders, enter into an Indenture or Indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date of the execution thereof) for one or more of the following purposes: 

(a) to evidence the succession pursuant to Article X of another Person to the Partnership, or successive successions, and the assumption
by the Successor Partnership (as defined in Section 10.01) of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Partnership in this Indenture and in the Debt Securities; 
 (b) to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, to add to the covenants of the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors such further covenants,
restrictions, conditions or provisions for the protection of the Holders of all or any series of Debt Securities (and if such covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Debt Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly
being included solely for the benefit of such series) as the Board of Directors shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of such Debt Securities, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a Default in any of
such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions a Default or an Event of Default permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture; provided, that in respect of any such additional
covenant, restriction, condition or provision such supplemental Indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after Default (which period may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other Defaults) or may provide for an
immediate enforcement upon such Default or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such Default or may limit the right of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of any or all series of Debt Securities to waive such
Default; 
 (c) to cure any ambiguity or omission or to correct or supplement any provision contained herein, in any
supplemental Indenture or in any Debt Securities of any series that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained herein, in any supplemental Indenture or in the Debt Securities of such series; to convey, transfer, assign,
mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustee, or to make such other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture as shall not adversely affect the interests of any Holders of Debt Securities of any series;

 (d) to permit the qualification of this Indenture or any Indenture supplemental hereto under the TIA as then in effect,
except that nothing herein contained shall permit or authorize the inclusion in any Indenture supplemental hereto of the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the TIA; 

(e) to change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, on, Debt Securities; provided, that any
such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Debt Securities of any series in any material respect or permit or facilitate the issuance of Debt Securities of any series in uncertificated form; 

(f) to reflect the release of any Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with Article XIV; 

(g) in the case of any Debt Securities subordinated pursuant to Article XII, to make any change in Article XII that would limit or
terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness (or Representatives therefor) under Article XII; 
 (h) to
add Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to any or all of the Debt Securities or to secure any or all of the Debt Securities or the Guarantee; 
 (i) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights hereunder of any Holder; 
 (j) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture in respect of one or more series of Debt Securities; provided, however, that any such addition, change or elimination not
otherwise permitted under this Section 9.01 shall neither apply to any Debt Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental Indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor modify the rights of the Holder
of any such Debt Security with respect to such provision or shall become effective only when there is no such Debt Security Outstanding; 

  
 28 

 (k) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor or
separate Trustee with respect to the Debt Securities of one or more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one
Trustee; and 
 (l) to establish the form or terms of Debt Securities of any series as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 2.03.

 The Trustee is hereby authorized to join with the Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors in the execution of any such
supplemental Indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment, mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be
obligated to enter into any such supplemental Indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 Any supplemental Indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 9.01 may be executed by the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of
the Debt Securities at the time Outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 9.02. 
 In the case of Debt
Securities subordinated pursuant to Article XII, an amendment under this Section 9.01 may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article XII of any holder of Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such
Senior Indebtedness (or any group or Representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change. 

Section 9.02 Modification of Indenture with Consent of Holders of Debt Securities. Without notice to any Holder but with the
consent (evidenced as provided in Section 8.01) of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Debt Securities of each series affected by such supplemental Indenture (including consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for any such series of Debt Securities), the Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors, when authorized by resolutions of the Board of Directors, and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time
enter into an Indenture or Indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date of execution thereof) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of this Indenture or of any supplemental Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Debt Securities of such series; provided, that no such supplemental Indenture, without the consent of the Holders of each
Debt Security so affected, shall: reduce the percentage in principal amount of Debt Securities of any series whose Holders must consent to an amendment; reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Debt Security; reduce the
principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Debt Security; reduce any premium payable upon the redemption of any Debt Security or change the time at which any Debt Security may or shall be redeemed in accordance with Article III; make any Debt
Security payable in currency other than the Dollar; impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of premium, if any, principal of and interest on such Holder’s Debt Securities on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the
enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Debt Securities; in the case of any Debt Security subordinated pursuant to Article XII, make any change in Article XII that adversely affects the rights of any Holder under Article
XII; release any security that may have been granted in respect of the Debt Securities, other than in accordance with this Indenture; make any change in Section 6.06 or this Section 9.02; or, except as provided in Section 11.02(b) or
Section 14.04, release the Subsidiary Guarantors other than as provided in this Indenture or modify the Guarantee in any manner adverse to the Holders. 
 A supplemental Indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has been expressly included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Debt
Securities or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Debt Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Debt Securities of any other
series. 
 Upon the request of the Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors, accompanied by a copy of resolutions of the Board
of Directors authorizing the execution of any such supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Holders as aforesaid, the Trustee shall join with the Partnership in the execution of such supplemental
Indenture unless such supplemental Indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion but shall not be obligated to enter into such supplemental
Indenture. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular
form of any proposed supplemental Indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. 

In the case of any Debt Securities subordinated pursuant to Article XII, an amendment under this Section 9.02 may not make any
change that adversely affects the rights under Article XII of any holder of Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or any group or Representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such
change. 

  
 29 

 After an amendment under this Section 9.02 requiring the consent of the Holders of any
series of Debt Securities becomes effective, the Partnership shall mail to Holders of that series of Debt Securities of each series affected thereby a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to any such Holders, or
any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02 with respect to other Holders. 
 Section 9.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental Indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be
modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Holders shall thereafter be
determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental Indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this
Indenture for any and all purposes. 
 The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02, may receive an
Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any such supplemental Indenture complies with the provisions of this Article IX. 
 Section 9.04 Debt Securities May Bear Notation of Changes by Supplemental Indentures. Debt Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental
Indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article IX may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental Indenture. New Debt Securities of any series so
modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental Indenture may be prepared and executed by the Partnership, authenticated by the Trustee and
delivered in exchange for the Debt Securities of such series then Outstanding. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Debt Security of such series shall not affect the validity of such amendment. 

ARTICLE X 

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OR CONVEYANCE 
 Section 10.01 Consolidations and Mergers of the Partnership. The Partnership shall not consolidate or amalgamate with or merge with or into any Person, or sell, convey, transfer, lease or
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all its assets to any Person, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, except (1) in accordance with the provisions of its partnership agreement, and (2) unless:
(a) either (i) the Partnership shall be the surviving Person in the case of a merger or (ii) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person if other than the Partnership (the “Successor Partnership”), shall be a partnership,
limited liability company or corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Partnership shall expressly assume, by an Indenture supplemental hereto, executed
and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Partnership under this Indenture and the Debt Securities according to their tenor; (b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series
of transactions (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of the Successor Partnership or any Subsidiary of the Partnership as a result of such transaction as having been incurred by the Successor Partnership or such Subsidiary at the time
of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default would occur or be continuing; (c) if the Partnership is not the continuing Person, then each Subsidiary Guarantor, unless it has become the Successor Partnership,
shall confirm that its Guarantee shall continue to apply to the obligations under the Debt Securities and this Indenture; and (d) the Partnership shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or disposition and such supplemental Indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 Section 10.02 Rights and Duties of Successor Partnership. In case of any consolidation, amalgamation or merger where the Partnership is not the continuing Person, or disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.01, the Successor Partnership shall succeed to and be substituted for the Partnership with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the respective party
to this Indenture, and the predecessor entity shall be released from all liabilities and obligations under this Indenture and the Debt Securities, except that no such release will occur in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the
Partnership’s assets. The Successor Partnership thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Partnership, any or all the Debt Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been
signed by or on behalf of the Partnership and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of the Successor Partnership, instead of the Partnership, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee
shall authenticate and shall deliver any Debt Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by or on behalf of the Partnership to the Trustee for authentication, and any Debt Securities which the Successor Partnership thereafter
shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Debt Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Debt Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Debt Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

  
 30 

 In case of any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale or disposition such changes in
phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Debt Securities thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate. 

ARTICLE XI 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF 
 INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE; UNCLAIMED MONEYS 
 Section 11.01
Applicability of Article. The provisions of this Article XI relating to discharge or defeasance of Debt Securities shall be applicable to each series of Debt Securities except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.03 for Debt
Securities of such series. 
 Section 11.02 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance. 

(a) If at any time the Partnership shall have delivered to the Trustee for cancellation all Debt Securities of any series theretofore
authenticated and delivered (other than any Debt Securities of such series which shall have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which shall have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.09 and Debt Securities for whose payment money has
theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Partnership as provided in Section 11.05) or all Debt Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation shall have become due and payable, or are
by their terms to become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption, and the Partnership shall deposit with the Trustee as
trust funds the entire amount in cash sufficient to pay at final maturity or upon redemption all Debt Securities of such series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including principal and premium, if any, and interest due or
to become due on such date of maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and if in either case the Partnership shall also pay or cause to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Partnership, then this Indenture shall cease to be of
further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of such Debt Securities herein expressly provided for) with respect to the Debt Securities of such series, and the Trustee, on demand of the Partnership
accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Partnership, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Indenture with respect to the Debt Securities
of such series. 
 (b) Subject to Sections 11.02(c), 11.03 and 11.07, the Partnership at any time may terminate, with respect to
Debt Securities of a particular series, all its obligations under the Debt Securities of such series and this Indenture with respect to the Debt Securities of such series (“legal defeasance option”) or the operation of (w) Sections
4.09 and 4.10, (x) any covenant made applicable to such Debt Securities pursuant to Section 2.03, (y) Sections 6.01(d), (g) and (h) and (z) as they relate to the Subsidiary Guarantors only, Sections 6.01(e) and
(f) (“covenant defeasance option”). If the Partnership exercises either its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option with respect to Debt Securities of a particular series that are entitled to the benefit of the
Guarantee, the Guarantee will terminate with respect to that series of Debt Securities. The Partnership may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. 

If the Partnership exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Debt Securities of the defeased series may not be accelerated
because of an Event of Default. If the Partnership exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Debt Securities of the defeased series may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(d), (g) and
(h) and, with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantors only, Sections 6.01(e) and (f). 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions
set forth herein and upon request of the Partnership, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Partnership terminates. 
 (c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Partnership’s obligations in Sections 2.07, 2.09, 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, the last sentence of 4.05(a), 4.06(a), 5.01, 7.06, 11.05, 11.06 and
11.07 shall survive until the Debt Securities of the defeased series have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Partnership’s obligations in Sections 7.06, 11.05 and 11.06 shall survive. 

Section 11.03 Conditions of Defeasance. The Partnership may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance
option with respect to Debt Securities of a particular series only if: 
 (a) the Partnership irrevocably deposits in trust with
the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Debt Securities of such series to final maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

  
 31 

 (b) the Partnership delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm
of independent accountants expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such
times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Debt Securities of such series to final maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 

(c) 91 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 91-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with
respect to the Partnership occurs which is continuing at the end of the period; 
 (d) no Default has occurred and is continuing
on the date of such deposit and after giving effect thereto; 
 (e) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other
agreement binding on the Partnership and, if the Debt Securities of such series are subordinated pursuant to Article XII, is not prohibited by Article XII; 
 (f) the Partnership delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940; 
 (g) in the event of the legal defeasance option, the Partnership shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that the Partnership has received from the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect
that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of Debt Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal
income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not occurred; 
 (h) in the event of the covenant defeasance option, the Partnership shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders of Debt Securities of such series will not
recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
covenant defeasance had not occurred; and 
 (i) the Partnership delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Debt Securities of such series as contemplated by this Article XI have been complied with. 

Before or after a deposit, the Partnership may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Debt Securities of
such series at a future date in accordance with Article III. 
 Section 11.04 Application of Trust Money. The
Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article XI. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through any paying agent and in accordance with this
Indenture to the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Debt Securities of the defeased series. In the event the Debt Securities of the defeased series are subordinated pursuant to Article XII, money and securities so
held in trust are not subject to Article XII. 
 Section 11.05 Repayment to Partnership. The Trustee and any paying
agent shall promptly turn over to the Partnership upon request any excess money or securities held by them at any time. 

Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and any paying agent shall pay to the Partnership upon request any money
held by them for the payment of principal, premium or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Partnership for payment as general creditors. 

Section 11.06 Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations. The Partnership shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee and the
Holders against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations. 

Section 11.07 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any paying agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations
in accordance with this Article XI by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or government authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Partnership’s obligations
under this Indenture and the Debt Securities of the defeased series shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article XI until such time as the Trustee or any paying agent is permitted to apply all such money
or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article XI. 

  
 32 

 ARTICLE XII 
 SUBORDINATION OF DEBT SECURITIES AND GUARANTEE 
 Section 12.01
Applicability of Article; Agreement to Subordinate. The provisions of this Article XII shall only be applicable to the Debt Securities of any series (Debt Securities of such series referred to in this Article XII as “Subordinated Debt
Securities”) designated, pursuant to Section 2.03, as subordinated to Senior Indebtedness and any related Guarantee of such Subordinated Debt Securities. Each Holder by accepting a Subordinated Debt Security agrees that the Debt evidenced
by such Subordinated Debt Security and any related Guarantee of such Subordinated Debt Security is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article XII, to the prior payment of all Senior Indebtedness and
that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Indebtedness. All provisions of this Article XII shall be subject to Section 12.12. 
 Section 12.02 Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, to creditors, upon a
liquidation or a dissolution of the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the
case may be, or their respective property: 
 (a) holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary Guarantor,
as the case may be, shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness of such Person (including interest (if any), accruing on or after the commencement of a proceeding in bankruptcy, whether or not allowed as a claim
against the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, in such bankruptcy proceeding) before Holders of Subordinated Debt Securities and any related Guarantee shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal of, or premium,
if any, or interest on, the Subordinated Debt Securities from the Partnership, or any payment in respect of the Guarantee from the Subsidiary Guarantors; and 
 (b) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Partnership or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, is paid in full, any distribution to which Holders of Subordinated Debt Securities and any related
Guarantee would be entitled but for this Article XII shall be made to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, as their interests may appear, except that such Holders may receive capital
stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, to at least the same extent as the Subordinated Debt Securities of the Partnership or the related
Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor, respectively. 
 Section 12.03 Default on Senior Indebtedness. The
Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors may not pay the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Subordinated Debt Securities or any related Guarantee or make any deposit pursuant to Article XI and may not repurchase, redeem or
otherwise retire (except, in the case of Subordinated Debt Securities that provide for a mandatory sinking fund pursuant to Section 3.05, by the delivery of Subordinated Debt Securities by the Partnership to the Trustee pursuant to the first
paragraph of Section 3.05) any Subordinated Debt Securities (collectively, “pay the Subordinated Debt Securities”) if any principal, premium or interest in respect of Senior Indebtedness of such Person is not paid within any
applicable grace period (including at maturity) or any other default on Senior Indebtedness of such Person occurs and the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the default has been
cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash; provided, however, that the Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors may make payments on the Subordinated Debt Securities or
any related Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if the Partnership and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of each issue of Designated Senior Indebtedness. During the continuance of any other
default with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any
applicable grace periods, the Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors may not make payments on the Subordinated Debt Securities or any related Guarantee for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the
Partnership and the Trustee (and if such Designated Senior Indebtedness is Debt of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantor) of written notice of such default from the Representative of any Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an
election to effect a Payment Blockage Period (a “Blockage Notice”) and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated by written notice to the Trustee and the Partnership (and if such Designated Senior
Indebtedness is Debt of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantor) from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice, by repayment in full in cash of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or because the default giving rise to such
Blockage Notice is no longer continuing). Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions contained in Section 12.02 and the first sentence of this Section 12.03), unless the
holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Partnership and the Subsidiary Guarantors may resume payments on the Subordinated
Debt Securities and related Guarantees after such Payment Blockage Period. Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to

  
 33 

 
any number of issues of Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period, unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 2.03 for the Subordinated Debt Securities of a series; provided,
however, that in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360 consecutive day period. For purposes of this Section 12.03, no default or
event of default which existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Indebtedness initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the
commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a
period of not less than 90 consecutive days. 
 Section 12.04 Acceleration of Payment of Debt Securities. If payment
of the Subordinated Debt Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Partnership shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representatives) of the acceleration. 

Section 12.05 When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a distribution is made to Holders of Subordinated Debt Securities or a
related Guarantee that because of this Article XII should not have been made to them, the Holders who receive such distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Indebtedness and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

 Section 12.06 Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full and until the Subordinated Debt
Securities are paid in full, Holders thereof shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article XII to holders of Senior Indebtedness
which otherwise would have been made to Holders of Subordinated Debt Securities is not, as between the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, and such Holders, a payment by the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the
case may be, on Senior Indebtedness. 
 Section 12.07 Relative Rights. This Article XII defines the relative rights
of Holders of Subordinated Debt Securities and holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
 (a) impair, as
between the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, and Holders of Subordinated Debt Securities, the obligation of the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, as the case may be, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay
principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Subordinated Debt Securities in accordance with their terms; or 
 (b)
prevent the Trustee or any Holder of Subordinated Debt Securities from exercising its available remedies upon an Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders of
Subordinated Debt Securities. 
 Section 12.08 Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Partnership. No right of any
holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of the Debt evidenced by the Subordinated Debt Securities and the Guarantee in respect thereof shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors
or by its failure to comply with this Indenture. 
 Section 12.09 Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.
Notwithstanding Sections 12.02 and 12.03, the Trustee or any paying agent may continue to make payments on Subordinated Debt Securities and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such
payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a responsible officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article XII. The Partnership, the Registrar, any
paying agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness may give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice on behalf of the Holders of the
Senior Indebtedness of that issue. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Indebtedness with the
same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and any paying agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XII with respect to any Senior Indebtedness which may at
any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article VII shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article XII shall apply to claims of, or payments to,
the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.06. 
 Section 12.10 Distribution or Notice to Representative.
Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any). 

  
 34 

 Section 12.11 Article XII Not to Prevent Defaults or Limit Right to Accelerate.
The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Subordinated Debt Securities, whether directly or pursuant to the Guarantee, by reason of any provision in this Article XII shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in
this Article XII shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of either the Subordinated Debt Securities or the Debt Securities, as the case may be. 

Section 12.12 Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money
or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article XI by the Trustee for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Subordinated Debt Securities or the Debt Securities shall not be subordinated to
the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article XII, and none of the Holders thereof shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any holder of
Senior Indebtedness of the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors or any other creditor of the Partnership or the Guarantor. 

Section 12.13 Trustee Entitled to Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XII, the Trustee and the
Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 are pending, upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other
Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to such Holders or upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the
holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other Debt of the Partnership or the Subsidiary Guarantors, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XII.
In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XII, the Trustee may
request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other
facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XII, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The
provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article XII. 
 Section 12.14 Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder by accepting a Subordinated Debt Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders of Subordinated Debt Securities and the holders of Senior Indebtedness as provided in this Article XII and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any
and all such purposes. 
 Section 12.15 Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall
not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Subordinated Debt Securities or the Partnership or the Subsidiary
Guarantors or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XII or otherwise. 
 Section 12.16 Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions. Each Holder by accepting a Subordinated Debt Security acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing
subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Subordinated Debt
Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or
in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness. 
 ARTICLE XIII 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 
 Section 13.01 Successors and Assigns of Partnership Bound by Indenture. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained by or in behalf of the Partnership,
the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. 

Section 13.02 Acts of Board, Committee or Officer of Successor Partnership Valid. Any act or proceeding by any provision of
this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or officer of the Partnership shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any Successor Partnership.

  
 35 

 Section 13.03 Required Notices or Demands. Any notice or communication by the
Partnership, the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
delivery, to the other’s address: 
 If to the Partnership or any Subsidiary Guarantor: 

Magellan Midstream Partners, L.P. 
 One Williams Center 
 Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 
 Telecopy No. 918-574-7003 
 If to the Trustee: 

[—] 
 The Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

All notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five
Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; on the first Business Day on or after being sent, if telecopied and the sender receives confirmation of successful transmission; and the next Business Day after timely
delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. 
 Any notice required or permitted to
a Holder by the Partnership, any Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture shall be deemed to be properly mailed by being deposited postage prepaid in a post office letter box in the United States addressed to
such Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the Debt Security Register. Any report pursuant to Section 313 of the TIA shall be transmitted in compliance with subsection (c) therein. 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice to Holders of Floating Rate Securities regarding the determination of a periodic rate of
interest, if such notice is required pursuant to Section 2.03, shall be sufficiently given if given in the manner specified pursuant to Section 2.03. 
 In the event of suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give notice by mail, then such notification as shall be given with the approval of the
Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice for every purpose hereunder. 
 In the event it shall be impracticable to give notice
by publication, then such notification as shall be given with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute sufficient notice for every purpose hereunder. 
 Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it or any defect in any notice by publication as to a Holder shall not affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other
Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed or published in the manner provided above, it is conclusively presumed duly given. 
 Section 13.04 Indenture and Debt Securities to Be Construed in Accordance with the Laws of the State of New York. THIS INDENTURE, EACH DEBT SECURITY AND THE GUARANTEE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE NEW
YORK CONTRACTS, AND FOR ALL PURPOSES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF SAID STATE. 

Section 13.05 Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to Be Furnished upon Application or Demand by the
Partnership. Upon any application or demand by the Partnership to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Partnership shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with, except that in
the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such document is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be
furnished. 
 Each certificate or opinion provided for in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance
with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include (a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition, (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based, (c) a statement that, in 

  
 36 

 
the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 
 Section 13.06 Payments Due on Legal Holidays. In any case where the date of maturity of interest on or principal of and premium, if any, on the Debt Securities of a series or the date fixed
for redemption or repayment of any Debt Security or the making of any sinking fund payment shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment for the Debt Securities of such series, then payment of interest or principal and premium, if any, or the
making of such sinking fund payment need not be made on such date at such Place of Payment, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the date of maturity or the date
fixed for redemption, and no interest shall accrue for the period after such date. If a record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 
 Section 13.07 Provisions Required by TIA to Control. If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision included in this Indenture
which is required to be included in this Indenture by any of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the TIA, such required provision shall control. 
 Section 13.08 Computation of Interest on Debt Securities. Interest, if any, on the Debt Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months, except as may
otherwise be provided pursuant to Section 2.03. 
 Section 13.09 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Holders. The Registrar and any paying agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 Section 13.10 No Recourse Against Others. The General Partner and its directors, officers, employees, incorporators and capital stockholders, as such, shall have no liability for any
obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Partnership under the Debt Securities, this Indenture or the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Debt Security, each
Holder shall be deemed to have waived and released all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Debt Securities. 
 Section 13.11 Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture or the Debt Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 13.12 Effect of Headings. The
article and section headings herein and in the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 Section 13.13 Indenture May Be Executed in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument. 
 ARTICLE XIV 

GUARANTEE 

Section 14.01 Unconditional Guarantee. 
 (a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Article XIV to the contrary, the provisions of this Article XIV shall be applicable only to, and inure solely to the benefit of, the Debt Securities of any series
designated, pursuant to Section 2.03, as entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors. 

(b) For value received, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby fully, unconditionally and absolutely guarantees (the
“Guarantee”) to the Holders and to the Trustee the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Debt Securities and all other amounts due and payable under this Indenture and the Debt Securities by
the Partnership, when and as such principal, premium, if any, and interest shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, according to the terms of the Debt
Securities and this Indenture, subject to (i) the limitations set forth in Section 14.03 and (ii) in the case of the Guarantee of the Subordinated Debt Securities, to the subordination provisions contained in Article XII. 

(c) Failing payment when due of any amount guaranteed pursuant to the Guarantee, for whatever reason, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors
will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately, subject, in the case of the Guarantee of the Subordinated Debt Securities, to the subordination provisions contained in Article XII. The Guarantee hereunder (other than the
Guarantee of Subordinated Debt Securities) is intended to be a general, unsecured, senior obligation of each of the Subsidiary Guarantors and will rank pari passu in right of payment with all Debt of each Subsidiary Guarantor that is not, by its
terms, expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors 

  
 37 

 
hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be full, unconditional and absolute, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Debt Securities, the Guarantee (including
the Guarantee of any other Subsidiary Guarantor) or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Debt Securities with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any
judgment against the Partnership or any other Subsidiary Guarantor, or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of any of the Subsidiary Guarantors. Each of
the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees that in the event of a default in payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Debt Securities, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or
otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or, subject to Section 6.04, by the Holders, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against such Subsidiary Guarantor to enforce
the Guarantee without first proceeding against the Partnership or any other Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 (d) The obligations of each
of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Article XIV shall be as aforesaid full, unconditional and absolute and shall not be impaired, modified, released or limited by any occurrence or condition whatsoever, including, without limitation,
(A) any compromise, settlement, release, waiver, renewal, extension, indulgence or modification of, or any change in, any of the obligations and liabilities of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors contained in the Debt Securities
or this Indenture, (B) any impairment, modification, release or limitation of the liability of the Partnership, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their estates in bankruptcy, or any remedy for the enforcement thereof, resulting from
the operation of any present or future provision of any applicable Bankruptcy Law, as amended, or other statute or from the decision of any court, (C) the assertion or exercise by the Partnership, any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee
of any rights or remedies under the Debt Securities or this Indenture or their delay in or failure to assert or exercise any such rights or remedies, (D) the assignment or the purported assignment of any property as security for the Debt
Securities, including all or any part of the rights of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Indenture, (E) the extension of the time for payment by the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of any payments or
other sums or any part thereof owing or payable under any of the terms and provisions of the Debt Securities or this Indenture or of the time for performance by the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of any other obligations under or
arising out of any such terms and provisions or the extension or the renewal of any thereof, (F) the modification or amendment (whether material or otherwise) of any duty, agreement or obligation of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary
Guarantors set forth in this Indenture, (G) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets, marshaling of assets and liabilities, receivership, insolvency, bankruptcy,
assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization, arrangement, composition or readjustment of, or other similar proceeding affecting, the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors or any of their respective assets, or the disaffirmance
of the Debt Securities, the Guarantee or this Indenture in any such proceeding, (H) the release or discharge of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors from the performance or observance of any agreement, covenant, term or condition
contained in any of such instruments by operation of law, (I) the unenforceability of the Debt Securities, the Guarantee or this Indenture or (J) any other circumstances (other than payment in full or discharge of all amounts guaranteed
pursuant to the Guarantee) which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor. 
 (e) Each
of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby (A) waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of the merger, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, and all demands
whatsoever, (B) acknowledges that any agreement, instrument or document evidencing the Guarantee may be transferred and that the benefit of its obligations hereunder shall extend to each holder of any agreement, instrument or document
evidencing the Guarantee without notice to it and (C) covenants that the Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Guarantee. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors further agrees that if at any time all or any part of
any payment theretofore applied by any Person to the Guarantee is, or must be, rescinded or returned for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation, the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Partnership or any of the Subsidiary
Guarantors, the Guarantee shall, to the extent that such payment is or must be rescinded or returned, be deemed to have continued in existence notwithstanding such application, and the Guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as
the case may be, as though such application had not been made. 
 (f) Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be subrogated to
all rights of the Holders and the Trustee against the Partnership in respect of any amounts paid by such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, provided, however, that such Subsidiary Guarantor, shall not be entitled to
enforce or to receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all of the Debt Securities and the Guarantee shall have been paid in full or discharged. 

Section 14.02 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agrees that the Guarantee set
forth in Section 14.01 shall remain in full force and effect. If any officer of any Subsidiary Guarantor, or in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a limited partnership, any officer of the general partner of the Subsidiary Guarantor,
whose signature is on this Indenture or a Debt Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates such 

  
 38 

 
Debt Security or at any time thereafter, the Guarantee of such Debt Security shall be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Debt Security by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof
hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors. 

The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts in this Indenture upon the terms and conditions herein set forth. 

Section 14.03 Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantors’ Liability. 

(a) Each Subsidiary Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder of a Debt Security entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee hereby
confirm that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any Federal or state law. To effectuate the foregoing
intention, the Holders of a Debt Security entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount
as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor and to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other
Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee, not result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under Federal or state law. 

Section 14.04 Release of Subsidiary Guarantors from Guarantee. 

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor may be released upon the terms and
subject to the conditions set forth in Section 11.02(b) and in this Section 14.04. Provided that no Default shall have occurred and shall be continuing under this Indenture, the Guarantee incurred by a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to this
Article XIV shall be unconditionally released and discharged (i) automatically upon (A) any sale, exchange or transfer, whether by way of merger or otherwise, to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Partnership, of all of the
Partnership’s direct or indirect limited partnership or other equity interests in such Subsidiary Guarantor (provided such sale, exchange or transfer is not prohibited by this Indenture) or (B) the merger of such Subsidiary Guarantor into
the Partnership or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or the liquidation and dissolution of such Subsidiary Guarantor (in each case to the extent not prohibited by this Indenture) or (ii) following delivery of a written notice of such release or
discharge by the Partnership to the Trustee, upon the release or discharge of all guarantees by such Subsidiary Guarantor of any Funded Debt of the Partnership other than obligations arising under this Indenture and any Debt Securities issued
hereunder, except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantees. 
 (b) The Trustee shall deliver an
appropriate instrument evidencing any release of a Subsidiary Guarantor from the Guarantee upon receipt of a written request of the Partnership accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Subsidiary
Guarantor is entitled to such release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. Any Subsidiary Guarantor not so released shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Debt Securities
entitled to the benefits of the Guarantee as provided in this Indenture, subject to the limitations of Section 14.03. 

Section 14.05 Subsidiary Guarantor Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Subsidiary
Guarantors, the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby agree, inter se, that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Subsidiary Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under the Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a
contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor (if any) in a pro rata amount based on the net assets of each Subsidiary Guarantor (including the Funding Guarantor) for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in
discharging the Partnership’s obligations with respect to the Debt Securities or any other Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Guarantee. 
 [Remainder of This Page Intentionally Left Blank.] 

  
 39 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all
as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	MAGELLAN MIDSTREAM PARTNERS, L.P.
		
	By:	 	MAGELLAN GP LLC,
		 	Its General Partner
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[NAME OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR(S)]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	                    , as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 40SunCoke Profit Sharing and Retirement Plan

 Exhibit 4.3 

 

			
	 Comprehensive 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
 Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement
	  	

 EMPLOYER INFORMATION 

 

					
	Name of Adopting Employer    SunCoke Energy, Inc.	  	
		
	Address    1011 Warrenville Road, 6th Floor	  	
			
	City    Lisle	  	            State    IL	  	Zip    60532
		
	Telephone    (630) 824-1000	  	Adopting Employer’s Federal Tax Identification Number    62-1070598
		
	Adopting Employer’s Tax Year End (specify month and day)    12/31	  	
	
	Type of Business (select one)      ̈ Sole Proprietorship     ̈ Partnership    þ C Corporation      ̈ S
Corporation     ̈ LLC
	
	                            
                         ̈ Other (specify a legal entity recognized under
federal income tax laws)
                                    
	
	Name of Plan    SunCoke 401(k) Plan
	
	Plan Sequence Number    001        Trust Identification Number (if applicable)
                                
        Account Number    093892
	
	Related Employers—If the Adopting Employer is part of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b) as modified by Code
Section 415(h)), a group of commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code Section 414(c) as modified by Code Section 415(h)) or an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) of which the Adopting
Employer is a part, or any other entity required to be aggregated with the Adopting Employer pursuant to Code Section 414(o), then such related employers will participate in this Plan, unless specifically indicated otherwise in Section Two,
Part B of this Adoption Agreement.

 SECTION ONE: EFFECTIVE DATES 

Complete Part A or B 
  

					
	Part A.	  	 ̈	  	New Plan Effective Date
			
		  		  	This is the initial adoption of a 401(k) profit sharing plan by the Adopting Employer.
			
		  		  	The Effective Date of this Plan is
                                         
       .
			
		  		  	The Effective Date for Elective Deferrals under this Plan, if different from above, is:

  

							
		 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (select one)
				
		 	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date.
				
		 	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	                            
(Must be on or after the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date)
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
		
		 	Roth Elective Deferrals (select one)
				
		 	 Option 1:
	  	 ̈	  	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date.
				
		 	 Option 2:
	  	 ̈	  	                            
(Must be on or after the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date)
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Roth Elective Deferrals.
	
	 NOTE: The Effective Date is usually the first day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed and may not be
earlier than such date. Elective Deferrals, however, cannot be made available before the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date for Elective Deferrals.

  

					
	Part B.	  	þ	  	Existing Plan Amendment or Restatement Date
			
		  		  	This is an amendment or restatement of an existing qualified plan (a Prior Plan).
			
		  		  	The Prior Plan was initially effective on 10/01/1956.
			
		  		  	The Effective Date of this amendment or restatement is 08/01/2012 (except as otherwise provided on Attachment B, Special Effective Date(s), if applicable, or in the Basic
Plan Document).

  

					
		  	Page 1 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 The Effective Date for Elective Deferrals under this Plan, if added by this
amendment and different from above, is:  
  

							
	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (select one)
			
	 Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date.
			
	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	                     (Must be on or after the later of the date this
Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date)
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals. 
	
	Roth Elective Deferrals (select one)
			
	 Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	The next payroll date coinciding with or following the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date.
			
	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	                     (Must be on or after the later of the
date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date) 
	
	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply for Roth Elective Deferrals.

 NOTE: The restatement Effective Date is generally the first day of the Plan Year in which
this Adoption Agreement is signed. An amendment or restatement Effective Date after the first day of the Plan Year in which this Adoption Agreement is signed may result in a reduction or elimination of accrued benefits, violating Code
Section 411(d)(6). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Effective Dates for certain items (e.g., EGTRRA and other government pronouncements) are governed by the dates specified in the Basic Plan Document. If Elective Deferrals are being made
available for the first time as a result of this amendment or restatement, the Elective Deferrals cannot be made available before the later of the date this Adoption Agreement is signed or the Effective Date for Elective Deferrals. If different
Effective Dates are selected for Pre-Tax and Roth Elective Deferrals, the Effective Date for Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals must be either the same date or an earlier date than that selected for Roth Elective Deferrals. 

SECTION TWO: ELIGIBILITY 
 Complete Parts A through E 
 NOTE: Eligibility requirements selected for
Elective Deferrals will also apply to Qualified Nonelective Contributions, if such contributions are made to the Plan. Eligibility requirements selected for Matching Contributions will apply to Qualified Matching Contributions, if such contributions
are made to the Plan. 
 Part A.    Age and Years of Eligibility Service 

 

	 	1.	Age Requirement. An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of becoming a Contributing Participant (and thus eligible to make
Elective Deferrals), receiving Matching Contributions, or receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement, after attaining the following age (select and
complete all that apply): 

  

	 	 ̈	Elective Deferrals—Age            (no more than 21). 

 

	 	 ̈	Matching Contributions—Age            (no more than 21). 

 

	 	 ̈	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions—Age            (no more than 21).

  

	 	    	NOTE: If no age is specified for a contribution source there will be no age requirement for such source. 

 

	 	2.	Years of Eligibility Service Requirement. An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of becoming a Contributing Participant
(and thus eligible to make Elective Deferrals), receiving Matching Contributions, or receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select and
complete all that apply): 

  

	 	þ	No Eligibility Service Required. 

If this option is selected, there will be no eligibility service requirement for the following contributions (select all that
apply): 
  

	 	þ	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	 ̈	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

	 	þ	After completing 6 consecutive Months of Eligibility Service (no more than 12). 

If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions
after completing the number of Months of Eligibility Service specified above (select all that apply): 
  

	 	 ̈	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	þ	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	þ	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

					
		  	Page 2 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 
					
		
	             ̈    	 	After completing              consecutive Months of Eligibility Service (no more than 12)
during which the Employee completes at least              Hours of Service (no more than 1,000).
		
		 	NOTE: Employees not meeting the hours requirement within the initial number of months indicated in the Adoption Agreement will satisfy the Month of Eligibility
Service requirement when they complete 1,000 Hours of Service within the Eligibility Computation Period.
		
		 	If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing the number of
Months of Eligibility Service and Hours of Service specified above (select all that apply):
		
		 	  ̈  Elective Deferrals.

		
		 	  ̈  Matching Contributions.

		
		 	  ̈  Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions.

		
	             ̈    	 	After Completing 1 Year of Eligibility Service.
		
		 	If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing 1 Year of
Eligibility Service (select all that apply):
		
		 	  ̈  Elective Deferrals.

		
		 	  ̈  Matching Contributions.

		
		 	  ̈  Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions.

		
	             ̈    	 	After completing 2 Years of Eligibility Service.
		
		 	If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing 2 Years of
Eligibility Service (select all that apply):
		
		 	  ̈  Matching Contributions.

		
		 	  ̈  Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions.

		
	             ̈    	 	Other.
		
		 	If this option is selected, an Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of the following contributions after completing the following
requirements (select and complete all that apply):
		
		 	  ̈  Elective Deferrals (cannot require more than 1 Year
of Eligibility Service)

		 	
                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                     .

		
		 	  ̈  Matching Contributions (cannot require more than 2
Years of Eligibility Service)

		 	
                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                     .

		
		 	  ̈  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (cannot require
more than 2 Years of Eligibility Service)

		 	
                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                     .

 NOTE: If no Year of Eligibility Service requirement is selected for any contribution
source, an Employee will become eligible to become a Participant upon date of hire with respect to such source. A Participant cannot be required to complete more than one Year of Eligibility Service for Elective Deferrals or two Years of Eligibility
Service for Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. If more than one Year of Eligibility Service is selected in this Section Two, Part A for either Matching Contributions or Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, the
immediate 100 percent vesting schedule in Section Four will automatically apply to such contribution source. 
  

	3.	Age and Years of Eligibility Service Waivers 

  

	 	a.	Employees Employed as of the Effective Date 

 Will an Employee (other than an Employee who either is part of an excluded class of Employees or is employed by a related employer that does not participate in the Plan) employed as of the Effective
Date(s) listed in Section One, Part A, of the Adoption Agreement who has not otherwise met the age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements listed above be considered to have met those requirements as of the Effective Date and be eligible to
become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of becoming a Contributing Participant (and thus eligible to make Elective Deferrals), receiving Matching Contributions, or receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, as
applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select one)? 
 Option 1:  ̈ Yes. 
   If Option 1 is selected, the waiver will apply to the following
contributions (select all that apply): 
  

	 	   ̈	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	   ̈	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	   ̈	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

 Option 2: þ No. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 3 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	 	b.	Employees Employed as of a Specified Date 

 Will an Employee (other than an Employee who either is part of an excluded class of Employees or is employed by a related employer that does not participate in the Plan) employed on  
                           (specify a month, day, and year) who has not otherwise met the age and Years of
Eligibility Service requirements be considered to have met those requirements and be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of becoming a Contributing Participant (and thus eligible to make Elective Deferrals), receiving Matching
Contributions, or receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select one)? 

  Option 1:  ̈  Yes. 

 

	 	    	    If Option 1 is selected, the waiver will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply): 

     ̈ Elective Deferrals. 

     ̈ Matching Contributions. 

     ̈ Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.  

  Option 2: þ  Not applicable. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected but no date is specified, no additional age and
Years of Eligibility Service waivers will apply. This age and Years of Eligibility Service waiver may be used either when this Plan is adopted or when the Plan is subsequently amended (e.g., to add one or more types of contribution, to add a
previously excluded group of Employees, etc.). 
  

	 	c.	Mergers and Acquisitions 

Will an Employee (other than an Employee who either is part of an excluded class of Employees or is employed by a related employer that
does not participate in the Plan) employed on                            (specify a month, day, and
year) who 1) became an Employee as a result of a merger with or acquisition of the prior employer(s) listed below, and 2) has not otherwise met the age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements be considered to have met those requirements
and be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan for purposes of becoming a Contributing Participant (and thus eligible to make Elective Deferrals), receiving Matching Contributions, or receiving an allocation of any Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions, as applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement (select one)? 

  Option 1:  ̈  Yes. 

 

	 	    	    If Option 1 is selected, the waiver will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):  

     ̈ Elective Deferrals. 

     ̈ Matching Contributions. 

     ̈ Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

    Prior
Employer(s):                                       
                                         
                                      

  Option 2: þ  Not applicable. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected but no date is specified, no additional age and
Years of Eligibility Service waivers will apply. This age and Years of Eligibility Service waiver may be used either when this Plan is adopted or when a merger or acquisition occurs. Waivers that include only Employees from certain prior employers
may create testing implications under Code 
 Sections 401(a)(4) or 410(b). 

 

	Part B.	  Exclusion of Certain Classes of Employees 

   An Employee will be eligible to become a Participant in the Plan unless such Employee is (select all that apply): 

 

	 	þ	Included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives, if retirement benefits were the subject
of good faith bargaining and if two percent or less of the Employees who are covered pursuant to that agreement are professionals as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.410(b)-9. For this purpose, the term “Employee
representatives” does not include any organization in which more than half of the members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer. 

If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):  

þ Elective Deferrals. 

þ Matching Contributions. 

þ Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

 

	 	þ	A nonresident alien (within the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 91l(d)(2)) from the
Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)). 

 If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply): 
 þ Elective Deferrals. 
 þ Matching Contributions. 
 þ
Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

					
		  	Page 4 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	 	 ̈	An Employee as the result of a transaction described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C). Such Employee will be excluded during the period beginning on the date of the
change in the member(s) of the group and ending on the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the change. A transaction described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction
involving a change in the employer of the employees of a trade or business. 

 If this exclusion is selected, it
will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply): 
  

	 	 ̈	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	 ̈	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

	 	þ	A Leased Employee. 

 If this
exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply): 
  

	 	þ	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	þ	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	þ	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	A Highly Compensated Employee. 

If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):  

 

	 	 ̈	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	 ̈	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

	 	þ	Incorrectly determined not to be an Employee (e.g., erroneously classified as an independent contractor). 

If this exclusion is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):  

 

	 	þ	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	þ	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	þ	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	An Employee employed with a related Employer as defined in the Employer Information section on page one of this Adoption Agreement that has not adopted this Plan. (List
all related Employers who are not adopting this Plan and who would be eligible to participate unless specifically
excluded.)                                       
                                         
  

  
  

 
  

	 	þ	Other. 

 If this exclusion is
selected, it will apply to the following contributions and excluded groups (select all that apply): 
  

	 	þ	Elective Deferrals (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on Compensation. Note that any
classification that is directly or indirectly based on the number of Hours of Service that an Employee is customarily scheduled to work shall be invalid if any such Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period.)
 

 see other plan information 

 
  

	 	þ	Matching Contributions (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on Compensation. Note that
any classification that is directly or indirectly based on the number of Hours of Service that an Employee is customarily scheduled to work shall be invalid if any such Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service during an Eligibility Computation
Period.)  

 see other plan information 

 
  

	 	þ	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (Describe the classification(s) of Employees that will be excluded from the Plan. Classifications cannot be based on
Compensation. Note that any classification that is directly or indirectly based on the number of Hours of Service that an Employee is customarily scheduled to work shall be invalid if any such Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service during an
Eligibility Computation Period.)  

 see other plan information 

 
 NOTE:
Exclusions of Employees (other than statutorily excluded Employees under Code Section 410(b)(3) and (4) may result in the Plan needing to be amended to include enough Employees to pass the minimum coverage requirements under Code
Section 410(b). 
  

	Part C.	    Entry Dates 

 The Entry Dates shall be (select all that apply): 
  

	 	þ	Immediately upon meeting age and Years of Eligibility Service – The day the age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements in Section Two, Part A, are
satisfied. 

 If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all
that apply): 
  

	 	þ	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	þ	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	þ	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

					
		  	Page 5 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	 	 ̈	Monthly—The first day of each month of the Plan Year. 

 If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply): 
  

	 	 ̈	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	 ̈	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Quarterly—The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the fourth, seventh, and tenth months of the Plan Year. 

If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):  

 

	 	 ̈	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	 ̈	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Semi-Annually—The first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year. 

If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply):  

 

	 	 ̈	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	 ̈	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Annually—The first day of the Plan Year. 

 If this Entry Date option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions (select all that apply): 
  

	 	 ̈	Elective Deferrals. 

  

	 	 ̈	Matching Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

	 	 ̈	Other. 

 If this Entry Date
option is selected, it will apply to the following contributions and Entry Dates (select all that apply): 
  

			
	                           
  ̈    	 	Elective Deferrals (define Entry Date(s))
		 	                             
                                         
                                         
                                         
                .
		
	                           
  ̈    	 	Matching Contributions (define Entry Date(s))
		 	                             
                                         
                                         
                                         
                .
		
	                           
  ̈    	 	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (define Entry Date(s))
		 	                             
                                         
                                         
                                         
                .

 NOTE: If no Entry Dates are specified for a contribution source, semi-annual Entry Dates will
apply to such source. The “Annually” and “Other” Entry Date options can be selected only if the eligibility requirements and Entry Dates are coordinated such that each Employee will become a Participant in the Plan by the earlier
of 1) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee satisfies the age and Years of Eligibility Service requirements of Code Section 410(a) and ERISA Section 202, or 2) six months after the date the Employee satisfies
such requirements. 
  

	Part D.	Hours Required For Eligibility Purposes 

  

	 	1.	             Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be required to constitute a Year of
Eligibility Service. 

  

	 	2.	             Hours of Service (no more than 500 and less than the number specified in Part D, item
1, above) must be exceeded to avoid a Break in Eligibility Service. 

 NOTE: If no hours are
specified, 1,000 and 500 will apply for items 1 and 2, respectively unless the Elapsed Time method of determining service applies. 
  

	Part E.	Eligibility Computation Period 

 An Employee’s Eligibility Computation Periods after their initial Eligibility Computation Period shall be (select one):  

Option 1:  ̈ Each Plan Year commencing with the Plan Year beginning during
their initial Eligibility Computation Period. 
 Option 2: þ
The 12-consecutive month periods commencing on the anniversaries of their Employment Commencement Date. 
 NOTE: If
no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 6 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 SECTION THREE: CONTRIBUTIONS 

Complete Parts A through I 
 Part A.  Elective Deferrals 
  

	 	1.	Authorization of Elective Deferrals 

 Will Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan (select one)? 
 Option 1:    þ  Yes (complete the following): 

Will Roth Elective Deferrals be permitted under this Plan in addition to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals? 

Suboption 1:    þ  Yes. 

Suboption 2:     ̈  No. 

NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption 1 will apply.  

Option 2:     ̈  No. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete the relevant portions of the remainder of Part A only if Option 1
is selected. 
  

	 	2.	Limits on Elective Deferrals 

  

	 	a.	If Elective Deferrals are permitted under the Plan, a Contributing Participant may elect under a salary reduction agreement to have their Compensation reduced by
the amount described below. Such amount shall be contributed to the Plan by the Employer on behalf of the Contributing Participant (select one): 

  

	 	Option 1:    þ	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from 0 percent to 50 percent in increments of 1 percent. 

 

	 	Option 2:     ̈	An amount of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not less than
$             and not more than $                    .

  

	 	Option 3:     ̈	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from
             percent to              percent in increments of
             percent, or an amount of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not less than
$                     and not more than
$                    . 

  

	 	Option 4:     ̈	An amount equal to a dollar amount or percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not to exceed the limits imposed by Code Sections 401(k), 402(g),
404, and 415. 

 For any taxable year, a Contributing Participant’s combined Pre-Tax and Roth Elective
Deferrals shall not exceed the limit contained in Code Section 402(g) in effect at the beginning of such taxable year. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 4 will apply. Unless specified otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, bonuses shall be
included in Compensation and will, therefore, be subject to a Participant’s salary reduction agreement. 
  

	 	b.	Notwithstanding item (a) above, if Elective Deferrals are permitted under the Plan, a Contributing Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee may
elect under a salary reduction agreement to have his or her Compensation reduced by an amount as described below (select one): 

  

	 	Option 1:     ̈	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from
             percent to              percent in increments of
             percent. 

  

	 	Option 2:     ̈	An amount of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not less than
$                     and not more than
$                    . 

  

	 	Option 3:     ̈	An amount equal to a percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation from
             percent to              percent in increments of
             percent, or an amount of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not less than
$                     and not more than
$                    . 

  

	 	Option 4:     ̈	An amount equal to a dollar amount or percentage of the Contributing Participant’s Compensation not to exceed the limits imposed by Code Sections 401(k), 402(g),
404, and 415. 

  

	 	Option 5:    þ	Not applicable. The provisions of item (a) above shall apply.  

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 5 will apply. 

 

	 	3.	Separate Deferral Election for Bonuses 

 Instead of or in addition to making Elective Deferrals through payroll deduction, may a Contributing Participant make a separate deferral election on part or all of a bonus rather than applying the
Contributing Participant’s salary reduction agreement for Pre-Tax and/or Roth Elective Deferrals, if any, to the bonus (select one)? 
 Option 1:     ̈  Yes. 
 Option 2:    þ  No. 
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. A separate deferral election made with respect to a bonus shall not be subject to the limits described under the portion of this Adoption
Agreement titled “Limits on Elective Deferrals” unless such limits are prescribed by the Code or related Treasury Regulations. 

  

					
		  	Page 7 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 
					
	4.	 	 Catch-up Contributions

		
		 	Will eligible Contributing Participants be permitted to make Catch-up Contributions pursuant to Plan Section 3.01(G) (select one)?
		
		 	Option 1: þ Yes.
		
		 	Option 2:  ̈ No.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
		
	5.    	 	Ceasing Elective Deferrals
		
		 	A Contributing Participant may stop making Elective Deferrals prospectively by revoking a salary reduction agreement, (select one):
		
		 	 Option 1: þ  As of such
times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

		
		 	 Option 2:  ̈  Monthly –
As of the first day of any month.

		
		 	 Option 3:  ̈  Quarterly
– As of the first day of any quarter.

		
		 	 Option 4:  ̈  Semi-Annually
– As of the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

		
		 	 Option 5:  ̈  Annually
– No sooner than as of the first day of the next Plan Year.

		
		 	 Option 6:  ̈  Other
(Specify one or more dates (at least once per year) established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
manner.)                                       
                                         
 .

		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
		
	6.	 	Return as a Contributing Participant After Ceasing Elective Deferrals
		
		 	A Participant who ceases Elective Deferrals by revoking a salary reduction agreement may return as a Contributing Participant (select one):
		
		 	 Option 1: þ  As of such
times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

		
		 	 Option 2:  ̈  Monthly –
As of the first day of any subsequent month.

		
		 	 Option 3:  ̈  Quarterly
– As of the first day of any subsequent quarter.

		
		 	 Option 4:  ̈  Semi-Annually
– As of the first day of the Plan Year and the first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

		
		 	 Option 5:  ̈  Annually –
No sooner than as of the first day of the next Plan Year.

		
		 	 Option 6:  ̈  Other
(Specify one or more dates (at least once per year) established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
manner.)                                       
                                         
  .

		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
		
	7.	 	Changing Elective Deferral Amounts
		
		 	A Contributing Participant may modify a salary reduction agreement to prospectively increase or decrease the amount of their Elective Deferrals (select
one):
		
		 	 Option 1: þ  As of such
times established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

		
		 	 Option 2:  ̈  Monthly –
As of the first day of the month.

		
		 	 Option 3:  ̈  Quarterly
– As of the first day of any quarter.

		
		 	 Option 4:  ̈  Semi-Annually
– As of the first day of the Plan Year and first day of the seventh month of the Plan Year.

		
		 	 Option 5:  ̈  Annually –
No sooner than as of the first day of the next Plan Year.

		
		 	 Option 6:  ̈  Other
(Specify one or more dates (at least once per year) established by the Plan Administrator in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.)
                                         
                                        
.

		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
		
	8.	 	Claiming Excess Elective Deferrals
		
		 	A Participant who claims Excess Elective Deferrals for the preceding calendar year must submit their claim in writing to the Plan Administrator by (select
one):
		
		 	
Option 1: þ  March 1.

		
		 	 Option 2:  ̈  Other
(specify a date not later than
April 15)                                      
                                         
  .

		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Excess Elective Deferrals are not removed by April 15, they will be included in income when
distributed and may be subject to a 10% early distribution penalty under Code Section 72(t).
		
	9.	 	Automatic Enrollment for Elective Deferrals
		
		 	a.     Authorization of Automatic Elective Deferrals
		
		 	        Will the automatic Elective Deferral enrollment provisions in Plan Section 3.01(E) apply (select
one)?
			
		 	        Option 1:  ̈	 	Yes.
			
		 	        Option 2: þ	 	No.
		
		 	        NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this item 9 only if Option 1
is selected.

  

					
		  	Page 8 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	 	i.	New Employees 

 If an
Employee who has met the eligibility requirements set forth in Section Two of the Adoption Agreement fails to provide the Employer a salary reduction agreement, will a portion of such eligible Employee’s Compensation be automatically withheld
and contributed to the Plan as an Elective Deferral (select one)? 

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Yes, for Employees hired on or after the Effective Date.
				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Yes, for Employees who meet the eligibility requirements in Section Two, Part A of the Adoption Agreement on or after the Effective Date.
				
		 	 Option 3:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	No.

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

 

	 	ii.	Current Employees 

 Will
automatic enrollment for Elective Deferrals apply to all eligible Employees who fail to return a salary reduction agreement on or after the Effective Date, including those who met the eligibility requirements in the Adoption Agreement before the
Effective Date (select one)? 

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Yes, but only to those Employees who are not Contributing Participants (i.e., are deferring 0 percent).
				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Yes, but only to those Employees deferring less than the amount in item (b) below (including 0 percent). 
				
		 	 Option 3:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	No.
		
		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply.

  

	 	b.	Initial Amount of Automatic Elective Deferral 

 The following percentage or amount of each eligible Employee’s Compensation will be automatically withheld and contributed to the Plan as an Elective Deferral if Option 1 was selected in item 9(a)
above (select and complete one): 

									
				
		 	       Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	                 Percent.
				
		 	       Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	$                    .

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply and three percent of Compensation will be
withheld. 
  

	 	c.	Tax Character of Elective Deferrals—Automatic Enrollment 

 How will amounts automatically withheld from Compensation and contributed to the Plan under Part A, item 9 above as Elective Deferrals be designated for tax purposes (select one)? 

									
				
		 	        Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Pre-tax Elective Deferrals.
				
		 	        Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Option 2 may only be selected if Section
Three, Part A of the Adoption Agreement allows Roth Elective Deferrals. 
  

	10.	Automatic Increase in Elective Deferrals 

  

	 	a.	Authorization of Automatic Elective Deferral Increase 

 Will Elective Deferrals be increased automatically each year for Employees who are automatically enrolled under item 9 above (select one)? 

									
				
		 	        Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Yes.
				
		 	        Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	No.

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this item 10 only
if Option 1 is selected. 
  

	 	b.	Will Elective Deferrals be increased automatically each year for Employees whose deferral elections are below        
percent (specify a percentage), whether or not automatically enrolled under item 9 above? 

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Yes.
				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	No.

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If Option 1 is selected and no percentage
is indicated, three percent will apply. 
  

	 	c.	Automatic Elective Deferral Increase Amount 

 If Option 1 was selected in item 10(a) and/or 10(b) above, such increases will occur in the following increments (select one): 

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	         percent per year up to a maximum of         
percent.
				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	$                 per year up to a maximum amount of
$        .
				
		 	 Option 3:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Other (specify)                        
                                         
                                         
                      .

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply and annual increases will be made in
increments of one percent of Compensation up to a maximum of ten percent. 

  

					
		  	Page 9 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	 	d.	Timing of Automatic Elective Deferral Increases 

 If automatic increases are selected in item 10(a) and/or 10(b) above, such increases will occur on the following dates (select one):  

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Each anniversary of the Contributing Participant’s date of hire.
				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Each anniversary of the date the Contributing Participant met the eligibility requirements set forth in Section Two, Part A of the Adoption Agreement.
				
		 	 Option 3:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	First day of each Plan Year. 
				
		 	Option 4:	 	 ̈	 	  	 	First day of each Calendar Year.
				
		 	Option 5:	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Other (specify)
                                         
                                         
                                         
  .
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

  

	Part B. 	 Matching Contributions (Employers that intend to maintain an ADP/ACP Safe Harbor CODA plan, as defined in Plan Section 3.03 that is not
subject to ACP testing, must skip this Part B and complete Part C. Matching Contributions made under this Part B will be subject to ACP testing). 

  

	 	1.	Authorization of Matching Contributions 

Will the Employer make Matching Contributions to the Plan on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant (select
one)? 
  

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	þ	 	  	 	Yes, with respect to the following types of contributions (select all that apply):
				
		 		 				 	þ Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
				
		 		 				 	þ Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		 		 				 	 ̈ Nondeductible Employee Contributions.
				
		 	Option 2:	 	 ̈	 	  	 	No.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this Part B only if Option 1 is selected.

  

	 	2.	Matching Contributions and Catch-up Contributions 

 Will Matching Contributions be made in accordance with the Matching Contribution formula specified in items 3 and 4 below, with regard to Catch-up Contributions (select one)? 

Option 1: þ Yes. 

Option 2:  ̈ No. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

 

	 	3.	Matching Contribution Formula 

 If the Employer elected to make Matching Contributions in item 1 above, then the amount of such Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year shall be equal
to (select one): 
  

									
		 	 Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Discretionary Match.
				
		 		 				 	That percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which the Employer, in its sole
discretion, determines from year to year. The amount, the allocation formula, and the percentage or dollar amount limit applicable to such match, if any, is at the complete and sole discretion of the Employer and may vary from year to year. Any
Matching Contribution will be allocated in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable).
				
		 	Option 2:	 	þ	 	  	 	Percentage of Contribution Match.
				
		 		 				 	That percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing
Participant’s rate of Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.

 

							
	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage

		 		 	 Less than or equal to 5 %
	 	100 %

  

									
				
		 		 				 	 Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula specified above, no Matching Contributions in excess of
$                 or                  percent of a Contributing
Participant’s Compensation will be made with respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any)

				
		 	 Option 3:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Two-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.
				
		 		 				 	That percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing
Participant’s rate of Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.

 

							
	 	 	 	 	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	 	 Matching Percentage

		 	   Base Rate        
	 	
Less than or equal to                 
%
	 	         %
		 	   Tier 2
	 	
Greater than              , but less than 
or equal to                 %
	 	         %

  

							
				
		 		 		 	 Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula specified above, no Matching Contributions in excess of $
                 or                  percent of a Contributing
Participant’s Compensation will be made with respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any)

  

					
		  	Page 10 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	 	Option 4:  ̈	Multi-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match. 

 An amount equal to a percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing
Participant’s rate of Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below. 
  

							
		  		  	Elective Deferral Percentage	  	Matching Percentage
		  	Base Rate        	  	Less than or equal to             %	  	            %
		  	Tier 2	  	Greater than         , but less than or equal to
                %	  	            %
		  	Tier 3	  	Greater than         , but less than or equal to
                %	  	            %
		  	Tier 4	  	Greater than             %	  	            %

 Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula specified above, no Matching Contributions in excess
of $             or              percent of a Contributing Participant’s Compensation will be made with
respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any) 
  

	 	Option 5:  ̈	Years of Service Match. 

An amount equal to a percentage of each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee
Contribution, if applicable) determined by the number of such Contributing Participant’s Years of   ̈ Eligibility   ̈ Vesting
Service with the Employer as specified in the matching schedule below. 
  

							
		  		  	Years of Service	  	Matching Percentage
		  	Base Rate        	  	Less than or equal to              years	  	            %
		  	Tier 2	  	Greater than             , but less than or equal to
             years	  	            %
		  	Tier 3	  	Greater than             , but less than or equal to
             years	  	            %
		  	Tier 4	  	Greater than              years	  	            %

 Notwithstanding the Matching Contribution formula specified above, no Matching Contributions in excess
of $             or              percent of a Contributing Participant’s Compensation will be made with
respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any) 
  

	 	Option 6:  ̈	Discretionary Match By Location or Business Classification. 

 Any Matching Contribution will be allocated in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
applicable) which the Employer, in its sole discretion, determines from year to year for each separate location, or business classification. The amount, the allocation formula, and the percentage or dollar amount limit applicable to such match, if
any, is at the complete discretion of the Employer and may vary for each location or business classification on a separate and individual basis. 
  

	 	Option 7:  ̈	Other formula (Specify an amount equal to a percentage of the Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) of each
Qualifying Contributing Participant entitled thereto.) 

                      
                                         
                                         
                                         
                   . 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Matching Contribution percentages in Options 3 through 7 above increase
as the percent of a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral percentage increases (e.g., the Matching Contribution percentage in Tier 3 is greater than the Matching Contribution percentage in Tier 2, etc.), special nondiscrimination testing
under Code Section 401(a)(4) may be necessary. If Option 7 is selected, the formula specified can only allow Matching Contributions to be made with respect to a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
Contribution, if applicable). Matching Contributions in excess of 100% of a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) will be subject to the additional ACP testing limits under
Plan Section 3.02 and Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-2(a)(5). 
  

	 	4.	Supplemental Match 

 Will
the Employer be permitted to make supplemental Matching Contributions, in an amount to be determined from year to year at the Employer’s discretion, in addition to the Matching Contributions described in Part B, items 2 and 3 above (select
one)? 
  

							
	                  Option 1: 
 ̈	  	Yes.	  		 	
			
		  	If Option 1 is selected the supplemental Matching Contributions will be allocated to each Contributing Participant in accordance with the following Matching Contribution
formula (select one):	 	
				
		  	Suboption a:  ̈	  	Discretionary Match. That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) which the Employer, in
its
sole discretion, determines from year to year.	 	
				
		  	Suboption b:  ̈	  	
Other (specify)                    
                                         
                                         
                       

                        
                                         
                                         
                       .
	 	
		  		  	NOTE: Matching Contributions in excess of 100% of a Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) will be
subject to the additional ACP testing limits under Plan Section 3.02 and Treasury Regulation 1.401(m)-2(a)(5).	 	
	                  Option 2: 
þ	  	No.	  		 	
		
	                  NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will
apply.	 	

  

					
		  	Page 11 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	 	5.	Qualifying Contributing Participants 

 A Contributing Participant will be a Qualifying Contributing Participant, and thus entitled to share in Matching Contributions for any Plan Year, only if the Participant has satisfied all of the
eligibility requirements described in Section Two of this Adoption Agreement on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional conditions (select one): 

 

	 	  Option 1:  ̈  	Hours of Service Requirement. The Contributing Participant completes at least              (not
more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply): 

 

	 	   ̈	The Contributing Participant’s Death. 

  

	 	   ̈	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability. 

 

	 	   ̈	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age. 

 

	 	   ̈	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age. 

 

	 	   ̈	The Contributing Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. 

 

	 	      ̈	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following
reason(s) (select all that apply): 

  

	 	   ̈	The Contributing Participant’s Death. 

  

	 	   ̈	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability. 

 

	 	   ̈	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age. 

 

	 	   ̈	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age. 

 

	 	   ̈	The Contributing Participant’s Termination of Employment after having completed at least          Hours of Service
during the Plan Year. 

  

	 	  Option 	2:  þ   No additional conditions apply. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 
 Part C.  Safe Harbor CODA Contributions 
  

	 	1.	Application of Safe Harbor CODA 

  

	 	a.	Safe Harbor Provisions 

Will the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Plan Section 3.03 apply (select one)? 

Option 1: þ Yes. 

Option 2:  ̈ No. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. Complete the remainder of this Part C only if Option 1 is selected. If
Option 1 is selected, the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of the Plan will apply for the Plan Year and the provisions relating to the ADP or ACP test generally will not apply. Contribution provisions that are selected in addition to the options listed
in this Part C may subject the Plan to ADP, ACP, and top-heavy testing. A Plan intending to satisfy the Safe Harbor CODA requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(12) and 401(m)(11) generally must satisfy such requirements, including the notice
requirement, for the entire Plan Year. If a Safe Harbor CODA is eliminated during a Plan Year, the Plan will be subject to provisions relating to the ADP and ACP tests, including restrictions on the selection of testing methods (e.g., current vs.
prior year). 
  

	 	b.	Participants Entitled to Receive Safe Harbor CODA Contributions 

 Safe Harbor CODA contributions will be made on behalf of (select one): 
  

	 	Option 1:  ̈  	Each Eligible Employee who is a non-Highly Compensated Employee (and, in the case of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, makes Elective Deferrals to the Plan).

  

	 	Option 2: þ  	All Eligible Employees (who, in the case of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, make Elective Deferrals to the Plan).  

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

 

	 	2.	ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions 

 The Employer will make the following ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions for the Plan Year (select one):  
 Option 1:  ̈     Basic Matching Contributions. 

The Employer will make Matching Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item 1(b) above, equal
to: 
  

	 	(i)	100 percent of the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed three percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year, plus

  

	 	(ii)	50 percent of the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals that exceed three percent of the Employee’s Compensation but do not exceed five percent of the
Employee’s Compensation. 

Option 2:  ̈     Enhanced Matching
Contributions. 
 The Employer will make Matching Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as
described in item 1(b) above, in an amount equal to the sum of: 
  

					
	 	  	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	  	Matching Percentage
	  Base Rate	  	Less than or equal to            % (not less than 3%)	  	      100%
	  Tier 2	  	Greater than             , but less than or equal
to            % (not greater than 6%) 	  	            %

 NOTE: The Enhanced Matching Contribution formula must be completed so that, at any rate
of Elective Deferrals, the Matching Contribution is at least equal to the Matching Contribution that would be received if the Employer were making Basic Matching Contributions, but the rate of match cannot increase as Elective Deferrals
increase. 

  

					
		  	Page 12 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

											
		  		  	Option 3: þ	  	Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions
				
		  		  		  	The Employer will make a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item l(b) above, in an amount equal to
3 (not less than 3) percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
			
		  	 3.   	  	Recipient Plan
			
		  		  	 The ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions will be made to (select one):

 
 Option 1: þ This
Plan.

			
		  		  	Option 2:  ̈ Other plan (specify plan of the Employer)
                                         
                                         
                  .
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
			
		  	 4.	  	ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
			
		  		  	NOTE: No additional contributions are required in order to satisfy the Safe Harbor CODA requirements. The Employer may, however, make Matching
Contributions in addition to Basic or Enhanced Matching Contributions. To ensure that the Plan continues to satisfy the Safe Harbor CODA requirements, only the following additional Matching Contributions may be made (see the NOTE below for specific
contribution limitations).
			
		  		  	For the Plan Year, the Employer will make ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to the Individual Account of each Eligible Employee, as described in item 1 (b)
above, in the amount of (select one):
				
		  		  	Option 1:  ̈	  	Percentage of Contribution Match.
				
		  		  		  	A Matching Contribution that equals              percent of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals
that do not exceed              percent (not more than six percent) of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year.
				
		  		  	Option 2:  ̈	  	Two-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.
				
		  		  		  	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of Elective Deferral as specified in the
matching schedule below.

  

					
	 	  	Elective Deferral Percentage	  	Matching Percentage                    

	Base Rate	  	Less than or equal to             %	  	            %              
      
	Tier 2	  	Greater than             , but less than or equal to
            %	  	            %              
      

 NOTE: The matching percentage for Tier 2 cannot exceed the matching percentage for the
base rate. No Matching Contributions will be made on Elective Deferrals that exceed six percent of Compensation. 
  

							
		 		  	Option 3:  ̈ 	  	A discretionary contribution that matches those Employee’s Elective Deferrals that do not exceed a permissible percentage of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan
Year.

 NOTE: The Elective Deferrals that are matched will be determined by the Employer for the year,
but in no event can a Matching Contribution be made on Elective Deferrals that exceed six percent of the Employee’s Compensation. In addition, the total additional discretionary Matching Contribution made to any Employee cannot exceed four
percent of the Employee’s Compensation for the Plan Year. For example, the Employer could not choose a discretionary formula that provided a 25 cent Matching Contribution for every dollar deferred if the match were given on Elective Deferrals
up to eight percent of Compensation (this exceeds the six percent limitation on Elective Deferrals that can be matched). Neither could the Employer provide a discretionary dollar-for-dollar Matching Contribution on Elective Deferrals up to six
percent of Compensation (this exceeds the four percent absolute limitation on a discretionary ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contribution). If the Employer wishes to make Matching Contributions in addition to ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions, Section Three, Part B, must be completed. Such contributions will be subject to ACP testing. 
  

									
	Part D.	 	    Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
			
		 	    1.    	  	Authorization of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
			
		 		  	Will the Employer make Employer Profit Sharing Contributions to the Plan on behalf of Qualifying Participants (select one)?
			
		 		  	Option 1: þ Yes.
			
		 		  	Option 2:  ̈ No.
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete the remainder of Part D only if Option 1 is selected.
			
		 	    2.	  	Contribution Formula (select one)
					
		 		  	Option 1:	  	þ 	  	Discretionary Formula. For each Plan Year the Employer may contribute an amount to be determined from year to year.
					
		 		  	Option 2: 	  	 ̈	  	Fixed Formula.          percent of the Compensation of all Qualifying Participants under the Plan for the Plan
Year.
					
		 		  	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	Fixed Percent of Profits Formula.          percent of the Employer’s profits that are in excess of
$        .
					
		 		  	Option 4:	  	 ̈	  	Government Contract Formula. For each Hour of Service of covered employment under a government contract, the Employer shall contribute an amount as described in Plan Section
3.04(B)(3).
					
		 		  	Option 5:	  	 ̈	  	Discretionary Formula By Location or Business Classification. For each Plan Year the Employer may contribute an amount to be determined from year to year and that amount may
vary for each location or business classification on a separate and individual basis.
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 4 is selected, the government contract allocation formula must be selected in item 3
below.

  

					
		  	Page 13 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 
									
	3.	  	Allocation Formula
		
		  	Employer Profit Sharing Contributions will be allocated to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants as follows (select one):
			
		  	Option 1: þ	  	Pro Rata Formula. In the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying Participants for
the Plan Year.
			
		  	Option 2:  ̈	  	Flat Dollar Formula. In the same dollar amount for each Qualifying Participant.
			
		  	Option 3:  ̈	  	 Integrated Formula. Pursuant to the following integrated allocation formula described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(2)
(select one):
  
 Suboption (a):  ̈ Excess Integrated Formula.
  

Suboption (b):  ̈ Base Integrated Formula.

 
 NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will
apply.
  
 The integration level will be (select one):

  
 Suboption (a):
 ̈ The Taxable Wage Base.
  

Suboption (b):  ̈
$             (a dollar amount less than the Taxable Wage Base).
  

Suboption (c):  ̈             
percent (not more than 100 percent) of the Taxable Wage Base.
  

NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply.

			
		  	Option 4:  ̈	  	Government Contract Formula. Pursuant to the government contract contribution formula selected in Part D, item 2, Option 4, above.
			
		  	Option 5:  ̈	  	 Uniform Points Formula. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying
Participants in the ratio that each Qualifying Participant’s points for the Plan Year bears to the total points of all Qualifying Participants for the Plan Year.
  

Each Qualifying Participant’s points for the Plan Year shall be computed by adding the points determined under (a), (b) and (c) below (specify a
number for each item):
  

(a)            points for each year of
the Participant’s age.
  

(b)            points for each of the
Participant’s Years of Service (including years before this Plan or a Prior Plan was established).
  

(c)            points for each $100 of
the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year.

			
		  	Option 6:  ̈	  	Age Weighted Formula. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of Qualifying Participants in the manner described
below:
			
		  		  	 Step 1:  Determine each Qualifying Participant’s number
of points based upon the following formula:
  
 Points =
..01 x Compensation x Allocation Factor derived from the allocation factor tables set forth in Section 10 of the Adoption Agreement.
  

The pre-retirement and post-retirement interest rate used to calculate the annual Employer Profit Sharing Contribution shall be
(select one):
  
 Suboption a:  ̈ 7.5%
  
 Suboption b:  ̈ 8.0%
  

Suboption c:  ̈ 8.5%

 
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Suboption (c) will
apply.
  

Step 2:  Determine each Qualifying Participant’s allocation through calculation
of the following formula:
  

					
		  		  	Allocation =	  	Points of Qualifying Participant	  	 x Employer Profit
     Sharing Contribution

		  		  		  	Total Points of all Qualifying Participants	  
			
		  		  	 Step 3:  Make any reallocations as necessary to satisfy either the safe harbor formula for
plans with a uniform points allocation or the general test described in Code Section 401(a)(4) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations concerning nondiscrimination in the amount of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. Identify whether the
safe harbor or general test will be satisfied for the selected formula (select one):

			
		  		  	
Suboption a:  ̈ Safe harbor
reallocations may be made as necessary as described in Plan

                   
        Section 3.04(B)(8)(b)(i).
  
 Suboption b:  ̈ General test reallocations may be made as necessary as described in Plan

                   
         Section 3.04(B)(8)(b)(ii).
  
 NOTE: If no Option is elected, Suboption (a) shall be deemed to be selected.

		  		  		  		  	

  

					
		  	Page 14 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

									
	Option 7:   ̈  	  	New Comparability Formula. Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, if any, will be allocated as described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(8) pertaining to group
allocations (select one):
			
		  	Suboption (a):   ̈  	 	Individual Allocation Groups. Each Qualifying Participant shall constitute a separate allocation group.
		
		  	NOTE: The Employer must provide the Plan Administrator or Trustee, if applicable, written instructions describing the allocation of the Employer Profit
Sharing Contribution. The instructions must be provided no later than the Employer’s tax return due date, including extensions, of the year for which the allocation is made.
			
		  	Suboption (b):   ̈  	 	Pre-Determined Allocation Groups. Qualifying Participants will be divided into the following groups (one or more) with the same allocation ratio. (Specify the
groups by category of Qualifying Participant, including both Highly Compensated Employees and non-Highly Compensated Employees):
					
		  		 	Allocation Group 1:	 	 	  	 
			
		  		 	  

					
		  		 	Allocation Group 2:	 	 	  	 
			
		  		 	  

					
		  		 	Allocation Group 3:	 	 	  	 
			
		  		 	  

					
		  		 	Allocation Group 4:	 	 	  	 
			
		  		 	  

					
		  		 	Allocation Group 5:	 	 	  	 
			
		  		 	  

					
		  		 	Allocation Group 6:	 	 	  	 
			
		  		 	  

		
		  	 NOTE: If more than six allocation groups are needed, complete Attachment C, New Comparability Allocation Group(s).
(The specific categories of Qualifying Participants should be such that resulting allocations are provided in a definite predetermined formula that complies with Treasury Regulation 1.401-1(b)(1)(ii). The number of allocation rates must not exceed
the maximum allowable number of allocation rates as described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(8). Highly Compensated Employees may each be in separate allocation groups. Non-Highly Compensated Employees must be grouped using allocation rates specified
in Plan Section 3.04(B)(8). The grouping of non-Highly Compensated Employees must be done in a reasonable manner and should reflect a reasonable classification in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.410(b)-4(b). In the case of self-employed
individuals (i.e., sole proprietorships or partnerships), the requirements of Treasury Regulation 1.401(k)-1(a)(6) continue to apply, and the allocation method should not be such that a cash or deferred election is created for a Self Employed
Individual as a result of application of the allocation method.)
  

Interest Rate Assumption and Mortality Table
  

The following assumptions will be used to calculate the equivalent benefit accrual rate:

 

1.      Interest Rate. The pre-retirement and post-retirement interest rate
assumption shall be (select one) 
  

Option 1:    ̈   7.5%

 
 Option 2:  
 ̈   8.0%
  
 Option 3:    ̈   8.5%
  

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will be deemed to be selected.

 

2.      Mortality Table. The mortality table shall be (select
one)
  
 Option 1:    ̈   UP-1984 Mortality Table
  
 Option 2:    ̈   1983 Group Annuity Mortality Table (1983 GAM) 

 
 Option 3:    ̈   1983 Individual Annuity Mortality Table (1983 IAM) 
  

Option 4:    ̈   1971 Group Annuity Mortality
Table (1971 GAM) 
  
 Option
5:    ̈   1971 Individual Annuity Mortality Table (1971 IAM) 
  

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will be deemed to be selected.

		
		  	 New Comparability Gateway
  

For purpose of satisfying the new comparability gateway the Plan shall use the following method (select one):

			
		  	Option 1:    ̈  	 	The Plan will provide benefits that satisfy the broadly available basis requirements described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(9)(a).
			
		  	Option 2:    ̈  	 	The Plan will satisfy the minimum allocation method identified below (select one):
			
		  		 	 Suboption A:   ̈  Provide each
non-Highly Compensated Employee with a minimum allocation of at least 5% of the non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Compensation (if the definition of Compensation is not within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3), a definition which
satisfies Code Section 415(c)(3) will apply).

			
		  		 	 Suboption B:   ̈    Provide
each non-Highly Compensated Employee with a minimum allocation so that each non-Highly Compensated Employee has an allocation rate of at least one-third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest allocation
rate.

  

					
		  	Page 15 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

									
					
		  		  	Suboption C:	  	 ̈	  	Provide each non-Highly Compensated Employee with a minimum allocation equal to the lesser of the amount described in Suboption A or Suboption B above.
					
		  		  	Suboption D:	  	 ̈	  	Reallocate contributions allocated to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals at least
one-third of the allocation rate of the Highest Compensated Employee with the highest allocation rate in the manner as described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(10).
					
		  		  	Suboption E:	  	 ̈	  	Reallocate contributions allocated to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly Compensated Employee equals at least
5% of the non-Highly Compensated Employee’s Compensation (if the definition of Compensation is not within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3), a definition which satisfies Code Section 415(c)(3) will apply) in the
manner as described in Plan Section 3.04(B)(11).
					
		  		  	Suboption F:	  	 ̈	  	Reallocate preliminary contributions or hypothetical contributions paid to Highly Compensated Employees to non-Highly Compensated Employees so that the allocation to each non-Highly
Compensated Employee equals the lesser of the amount described in Suboption D or Suboption E above.

 NOTE: If Option 2 is selected and no suboption is selected, Suboption F will
apply, if necessary. 
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply unless the government contract
contribution formula is selected in item 2 above, in which case Option 4 will apply. Option 4 cannot be selected unless the government contract contribution formula in item 2 above applies. In the case of Self-Employed Individuals, the requirements
of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(A)(6) continue to apply, and a new comparability or age-weighted allocation method should not be such that a cash or deferred election is created for a Self-Employed Individual as a result of the
allocation method. 
  

	 	4.	Qualifying Participants 

A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant, and thus entitled to share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution for any Plan Year,
only if the Participant has satisfied all of the eligibility requirements described in Section Two of this Adoption Agreement on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select one):

  

											
				
		 	Option 1:    	  	 ̈	  	 Hours of Service Requirement. The Participant completes at least
             (not more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that
apply):

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       The Participant’s
Death.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       The Participant is
employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

				
		 		  	 ̈	  	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s)
(select all that apply):
				
		 		  		  	  ̈       The Participant’s
Death.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having completed at least              Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

				
		 	 Option 2:    
	  	 ̈	  	No additional conditions apply.
				
		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.
	  		  	

  
  

	 	5.	Contributions To Non-Highly Compensated Disabled Participants 

 Will a non-Highly Compensated Employee Participant who has incurred a Disability be entitled to an Employer Profit Sharing Contribution pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(B)(1) (select one)?

  

							
				
		 	 Option 1:    
	  	 ̈	  	 Yes. 

				
		 	 Option 2:  
	  	þ	  	 No.   

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

 

	Part E.  Qualified	Nonelective Contributions 

  

	 	1.	Qualified Nonelective Contribution Formula 

 For each Plan Year, the Employer may contribute an amount to be determined from year to year. 

  

					
		  	Page 16 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	 	2.	Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions 

 Allocation of Qualified Nonelective Contributions to Participants entitled thereto shall be made (select one): 

 

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	þ	 	  	 	Targeted QNEC. In an amount, determined pursuant to Plan Section 3.05, required to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test described in Plan Section 3.13,
the Actual Contribution Percentage test described in Plan Section 3.14, or both.
				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Pro Rata – Non-Highly Compensated Employee Participants. In the ratio that each non-Highly Compensated Employee Participant’s Compensation for the applicable Plan Year
bears to the total Compensation of all non-Highly Compensated Employee Participants for such Plan Year.
				
		 	 Option 3:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Pro Rata – All Participants. In the ratio that each Participant’s Compensation for the applicable Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such
Plan Year.
				
		 	 Option 4:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	 Limited Pro Rata – Non-Highly Compensated Employee Participants. In the ratio that each non-Highly Compensated Employee
Participant’s Compensation not in excess of $                  for the applicable Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all non-Highly Compensated
Employee Participants entitled to an allocation not in excess of $                  for such Plan Year.

				
		 	 Option 5:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	 Government Contract Formula. In an amount based on each Hour of Service of covered employment under a government contract, as
described in Plan Section 3.05(B). 

		
		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will
apply.

  

	 	3.	Additional Conditions for Receiving Qualified Nonelective Contributions 

A Participant will be a Qualifying Participant, and thus entitled to share in Qualified Nonelective Contribution for any Plan Year, only
if the Participant has satisfied all of the eligibility requirements of Section Two of this Adoption Agreement on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select one): 

 

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Hours of Service Requirement. The Participant completes at least                  (not
more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):
				
		 		 				 	  ̈       The Participant’s
Death.

				
		 		 				 	  ̈       The Participant’s Termination
of Employment after having incurred a Disability.

				
		 		 				 	
 ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.

				
		 		 				 	
 ̈       The
Participant’s Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.

				
		 		 				 	
 ̈       The Participant is
employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

				
		 		 	þ	 	  	 	 Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will
be waived for the following reason(s) (select all that apply):

				
		 		 				 	
 ̈       The Participant’s
Death.

				
		 		 				 	
 ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having incurred a Disability.

				
		 		 				 	
 ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.

				
		 		 				 	
 ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.

				
		 		 				 	
 ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having completed at least                  Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	 No additional conditions apply.

		
		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will
apply.

  

	Part F.	Qualified Matching Contributions 

  

	 	1.	Qualified Matching Contribution Formula 

  

	 	a.	Qualified Matching Contributions 

 Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be made with respect to (select all that apply): 
  

									
				
		 		 	þ	 	  	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals.
				
		 		 	þ	 	  	 	Roth Elective Deferrals.
				
		 		 	 ̈	 	  	 	Nondeductible Employee Contributions.

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Qualified Matching Contributions will be made with respect to
Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals. 
  

	 	b.	Qualified Matching Contribution Formula 

 If the Employer will make Qualified Matching Contributions, then the amount of such Qualified Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Qualifying Contributing Participant each Plan Year shall be equal
to (select one): 
 Option 1:  ̈
    Percentage of Contribution Match. 
 That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s
Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing Participant’s rate of Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching
schedule below. 
  

			
	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	  	Matching Percentage
	 Less than or equal to          %
	  	                 %

 Notwithstanding the Qualified Matching Contribution formula specified above, no Qualified Matching
Contributions in excess of $              or              percent of a Contributing Participant’s Compensation
will be made with respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any) 

  

					
		  	Page 17 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

									
				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	Two-Tiered Percentage of Contribution Match.
				
		 		 				 	That percentage of each Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferral (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) determined by the Contributing
Participant’s rate of Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) as specified in the matching schedule below.

 

							
	  	  	 	  	 Elective Deferral Percentage
	  	Matching Percentage
		  	Base Rate	  	Less than or equal to                   %	  	                 %
		  	Tier 2	  	Greater than              , but less than or equal to 
                 %	  	                 %

  

											
					
		 		 		 				 	Notwithstanding the Qualified Matching Contribution formula specified above, no Qualified Matching Contributions in excess of $
                 or                  percent of a Contributing
Participant’s Compensation will be made with respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any)
					
		 		 	 Option 3:
	 	þ	 	  	 	Such amount, if any, as determined by the Employer in its sole discretion, equal to that percentage of the Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if
applicable) of each Contributing Participant entitled thereto that would be sufficient to cause the Plan to satisfy either the Actual Deferral Percentage test (described in Plan Section 3.13) or the Actual Contribution Percentage test
(described in Plan Section 3.14) for the Plan Year, or both.
					
		 		 		 				 	 Notwithstanding the Qualified Matching Contribution formula specified above, no Qualified Matching Contributions in excess of $
                 or                  percent of a Contributing
Participant’s Compensation will be made with respect to any Contributing Participant for any Plan Year. (Complete the applicable blank(s), if any)

					
		 		 	 Option 4:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	 Other formula (Specify an amount equal to a percentage of the Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee
Contribution, if applicable) of each Contributing Participant entitled thereto)

                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                  .

			
		 		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply. Matching Contributions in excess of 100 percent of a
Contributing Participant’s Elective Deferrals (and/or Nondeductible Employee Contribution, if applicable) will be subject to the additional ACP testing limits under Plan Section 3.06 and Treasury Regulation
Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5).

  

	 	2.	Participants Entitled to Qualified Matching Contributions 

  

	 	a.	Contributing Participants Eligible for Qualified Matching Contributions 

 Qualified Matching Contributions, if made to the Plan, will be made on behalf of (select one): 
  

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	þ	 	  	 	Each Contributing Participant who makes Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) and who is a non-Highly Compensated
Employee.
				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	All Contributing Participants who make Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable).
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

 

	 	b.	Additional Conditions for Receiving Qualified Matching Contributions 

 A Contributing Participant will be a Qualifying Contributing Participant for purposes of Qualified Matching Contributions, and thus entitled to share in Qualified Matching Contributions for any Plan Year,
only if the Participant has satisfied all of the requirements of Section Two on at least one day of such Plan Year and satisfies the following additional condition(s) (select one): 

 

											
		 		 	 Option 1:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	 Hours of Service Requirement. The Participant completes at least
                 (not more than 1,000) Hours of Service during the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s) (select
all that apply):

					
		 		 		 				 	  ̈       The Participant’s
Death.

					
		 		 		 				 	  ̈       The Participant’s Termination
of Employment after having incurred a Disability.

					
		 		 		 				 	
 ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.

					
		 		 		 				 	
 ̈       The Participant’s
Termination of Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.

					
		 		 		 				 	
 ̈       The Participant is
employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

					
		 		 		 	 ̈	 	  	 	Last Day Requirement. The Participant is an Employee of the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year. However, this condition will be waived for the following reason(s)
(select all that apply):
					
		 		 		 				 	  ̈       The Participant’s
Death.

					
		 		 		 				 	  ̈       The Participant’s Termination of
Employment after having incurred a Disability.

					
		 		 		 				 	  ̈       The Participant’s Termination of
Employment after having reached Normal Retirement Age.

					
		 		 		 				 	  ̈       The Participant’s Termination of
Employment after having reached Early Retirement Age.

					
		 		 		 				 	  ̈       The Participant’s Termination of
Employment after having completed at least                  Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

					
		 		 	 Option 2:
	 	þ
	 
	  
	 	No additional conditions.
			
		 		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.

  

					
		  	Page 18 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

															
	Part G.	  	Other Contributions
			
		  	1.	  	Rollover Contributions
			
		  		  	May an Employee make rollover contributions to the Plan pursuant to Plan Section 3.07 (select one)?
			
		  		  	Option 1:  þ  Yes.
			
		  		  	Option 2:   ̈  Yes, unless such Employee is part of any excluded class of
Employees.
			
		  		  	Option 3:   ̈  Yes, but only after becoming a Participant.
			
		  		  	Option 4:   ̈  No.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.
				
		  		  	a.	  	Direct Rollovers
					
		  		  		  	i.	  	Sources of Eligible Rollover Distributions
					
		  		  		  		  	The Plan will accept Direct Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions from (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items by selecting
the appropriate box):
								
		  		  		  		  	1.	  	A qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a).	  	þ  Yes	  	 ̈  No    
								
		  		  		  		  	2.	  	An annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b).	  	þ  Yes	  	 ̈  No    
								
		  		  		  		  	3.	  	An eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a
state.	  	þ  Yes	  	 ̈  No    
					
		  		  		  		  	NOTE: If a box is not selected for an item, “Yes” will apply for such item.
					
		  		  		  	ii.	  	Rollover Exclusions
					
		  		  		  		  	Will the Plan accept the following as Direct Rollovers (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items by selecting the appropriate
box)?
								
		  		  		  		  	1.	  	Nondeductible Employee Contributions.	  	 ̈  Yes	  	þ  No    
								
		  		  		  		  	2.	  	Roth Elective Deferrals.	  	þ  Yes	  	 ̈  No    
					
		  		  		  		  	NOTE: Item 2 may be selected only if the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals under Part A of this Section. If a box is not selected for an item,
“No” will apply for such item.
				
		  		  	b.	  	Indirect Rollovers
					
		  		  		  	i.	  	Sources of Eligible Rollover Distributions
					
		  		  		  		  	The Plan will accept Indirect Rollovers of Eligible Rollover Distributions from (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items by selecting
the appropriate box):
								
		  		  		  		  	1.	  	A qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a).	  	þ  Yes	  	 ̈  No    
								
		  		  		  		  	2.	  	An annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b).	  	þ  Yes	  	 ̈  No    
								
		  		  		  		  	3.	  	An eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision
of a state.	  	þ  Yes	  	 ̈  No    
					
		  		  		  		  	NOTE: If a box is not selected for an item, “Yes” will apply for such item.
					
		  		  		  	ii.	  	Rollover Exclusions
					
		  		  		  		  	Will the Plan accept Indirect Rollover contributions of Roth Elective Deferrals (select one)?
					
		  		  		  		  	Option 1:   ̈  Yes.
					
		  		  		  		  	Option 2:  þ  No.
					
		  		  		  		  	NOTE: Indirect Rollover contributions may only consist of earnings attributable to Roth Elective Deferrals. If no option is selected, Option 2 will
apply.
				
		  		  	c.	  	Rollover Contributions from IRAs
				
		  		  		  	Will the Plan accept rollover contributions of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or
408(b) that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income (select one)?
				
		  		  		  	Option 1:  þ  Yes.
				
		  		  		  	Option 2:   ̈  No.
				
		  		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

  

					
		  	Page 19 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 
											
	2.	  	Transfer Contributions
		
		  	May an Employee make transfer contributions to the Plan pursuant to Plan Section 3.08 (select one)?
						
		  	Option 1: þ	  	Yes.	  		  		  	
			
		  	Option 2:  ̈	  	Yes, unless such Employee is part of any excluded class of Employees.
			
		  	Option 3:  ̈	  	Yes, but only after becoming a Participant.
			
		  	Option 4:  ̈	  	Yes, but only if the assets are exempt from the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity rules as described in Plan Section 5.10 (without regard to Plan
Section 5.10(E) thereof).
						
		  	Option 5:  ̈	  	No.	  		  		  	
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.
		
	3.	  	Nondeductible Employee Contributions
		
		  	May a Participant make Nondeductible Employee Contributions pursuant to Plan Section 3.10 (select one)?
			
		  	Option 1:  ̈	  	Yes.         If “Yes,” check here if such contributions will be mandatory.
 ̈
						
		  	Option 2: þ	  	No.	  		  		  	
		
		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.
		
		  	Nondeductible Employee Contributions may commence on (must be on or after the Effective Date)
                     .
		
	4.	  	Top-Heavy Contributions
		
		  	 a.      Minimum Allocation or Benefit

		
		  	 For any Plan Year with respect to which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, any minimum allocation required
pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) shall be made (select one):
  
 Option 1: þ    To this Plan. (If the allocation formula selected in Part D above does not satisfy the top-heavy minimum
allocation by design, select either Suboption 1 or Suboption 2 below.
  
 The allocation formula set forth in Part D above shall be modified to provide for the minimum allocation for non-Key Employees as follows:

						
		  		  	 Suboption 1: þ    
	  		  		  	
					
		  		  		  	Step 1:	  	The annual Employer Profit Sharing Contribution shall be initially allocated to the accounts of all Employees based upon the formula set forth in Part D above. If any
non-Key Employee does not receive a top-heavy minimum allocation under the formula, the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution shall instead be allocated first to the non-Key Employees having less than the minimum top-heavy allocation in an amount
equal to the initial allocation plus any additional amount necessary to provide the top-heavy minimum allocation.
					
		  		  		  	Step 2:	  	 The remaining Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall then be allocated based upon the formula set forth in Part D,
provided, however, those non-Key Employees receiving a top-heavy minimum allocation under Step 1 of this suboption (a) shall not be entitled to receive any additional allocation. Should
any remaining non-Key Employee fail to receive a
top-heavy minimum allocation under this Step 2, the calculation set forth in Step 1 shall be repeated until all non-Key Employees have received a top-heavy minimum allocation and the remaining Employer Profit Sharing Contribution has been
allocated.
  
 In the event the annual Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
does not equal or exceed three percent (3%) of the total Compensation of all eligible non-Key Employees, eligible Key Employees shall not share in the allocation and such three percent (3%) allocation on behalf of non-Key Employees shall
be reduced pro rata based upon the ratio each eligible non-Key Employee’s Compensation bears to the total of all such non-Key Employee’s Compensation.

				
		  		  	 Suboption 2:  ̈
	  	An allocation of three percent (3%) of Compensation will first be made to all Employees eligible to participate in the Plan; thereafter the remaining Employer
Profit Sharing Contribution will be allocated to the accounts of all Employees as set forth in Part D above. In the event the annual Employer Profit Sharing Contribution does not equal or exceed three percent (3%) of the total Compensation of
all eligible non-Key Employees, such three percent (3%) allocation shall be reduced pro rata based upon the ratio each eligible non-Key Employee’s Compensation bears to the total of all such non-Key Employees’
Compensation.
			
		  		  	 NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption 1 will apply.

		
		  	
Option 2:  ̈    To the
following plan maintained by the Employer:
  

(Describe below the extent, if any, to which the top-heavy minimum benefit requirement of Code
Section 416(c) and Plan
Section 3.04(E) shall be met in another plan. This should include the name of the other plan, the minimum benefit that will be provided under such other plan, and the Employees who will receive the minimum benefit under such other plan.)
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         

  

					
		  	Page 20 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

									
		 		  	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	In accordance with the following method: (Provide language describing the method that will be used to satisfy Code Section 416. Such method must preclude Employer
discretion.) _______________________
		 		  		  		  	_______________________________________________________________________________________
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
			
		 	b.	  	Participants Entitled to Receive Minimum Allocation
			
		 		  	 If a minimum allocation required pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) is not satisfied with either Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions or Matching Contributions, the remaining minimum allocation required pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(E) shall be allocated to the Individual Accounts of (select one):

 
 Option 1: þ Participants who
are not Key Employees.
  
 Option 2:
 ̈ All Participants.
  

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

			
		 	c.	  	 Top-Heavy Ratio

			
		 		  	 For purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio as described in Plan Section 7.19(B), the Present Value of benefits under
a defined benefit plan will be discounted only for mortality and interest based on the following (select one):
  
 Option 1: þ Not applicable because the Employer has not maintained a defined benefit plan.

 
 Option 2:  ̈ The
interest rate and mortality table specified for this purpose in the defined benefit plan.
  
 Option 3:  ̈ Interest rate of _______ percent and the following mortality table (specify) _________________ .

		
	Part H.    	 	 ADP Testing Method

		
		 	 The testing method used for purposes of the ADP test under this Plan shall be (select one):

		
		 	 Option 1:  ̈   Prior Year Testing
Method.

		
		 	 Initial Plan Year ADP

		
		 	 If this is not a successor Plan, then for the first Plan Year that this Plan permits any Participant to
make Elective Deferrals, the ADP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be (select one):

		
		 	 Suboption (a):  ̈ 3%.

 
 Suboption (b):
 ̈ Such first Plan Year’s ADP.
  
 NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (a) will apply.

		
		 	 Option 2: þ Current Year Testing
Method.

		
		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply unless the Adopting Employer elects to apply the Safe Harbor
CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C above, in which case Option 2 will apply. If the Adopting Employer elects to apply the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C above, Option 2 must be selected. If Option 2 is selected,
the
current year testing method must continue to be used unless 1) the Plan has been using the current year testing method for the preceding five Plan Years, or, if fewer, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence, or 2) the
Plan
otherwise meets one of the conditions specified in the Treasury Regulations (or additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)) for changing from the current year testing method. The current year testing method may be
elected for the ADP test even if prior year testing is elected for the ACP test. However, if different testing methods for the ADP and ACP tests are selected, the Plan cannot use recharacterization to correct Excess Contributions, take Elective
Deferrals into consideration to satisfy the ACP test, or use Qualified Matching Contributions to satisfy the ADP test.

		
	Part I.	 	 ACP Testing Method

		
		 	 The testing method used for purposes of the ACP test under this Plan shall be (select one):

		
		 	 Option 1:  ̈   Prior Year Testing
Method.

		
		 	 Initial Plan Year ACP

 
 If this is not a successor Plan, then for the first Plan Year
that this Plan permits any Participant to make Nondeductible Employee Contributions, provides for Matching Contributions or both, the ACP for Participants who are non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be (select one):

 
 Suboption (a):
 ̈ 3%.
  

Suboption (b):  ̈ Such first Plan Year’s ACP.

 
 NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption
(a) will apply.

		
		 	 Option 2: þ Current Year Testing Method.

		
		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply unless the Adopting Employer elects to apply the Safe Harbor
CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C above, in which case Option 2 will apply. If the Adopting Employer elects to apply the Safe Harbor CODA provisions of Section Three, Part C above, Option 2 must be selected. If Option 2 is selected,
the
current year testing method must continue to be used unless 1) the Plan has been using the current year testing method for the preceding five Plan Years, or, if fewer, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence, or 2) the
Plan
otherwise meets one of the conditions specified in the Treasury Regulations (or additional guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)) for changing from the current year testing method. The current year testing method may be
elected for the ACP test even if prior year testing is elected for the ADP test. However, if different testing methods for the ADP and ACP tests are selected, the Plan cannot use recharacterization to correct Excess Contributions, take Elective
Deferrals into consideration to satisfy the ACP test or use Qualified Matching Contributions to satisfy the ADP test.

	

  

					
		  	Page 21 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 SECTION FOUR: VESTING AND FORFEITURES 

Complete Parts A through I 
  

	Part A. 	Vesting Schedule For Matching Contributions 

 A Participant will become Vested in the portion of their Individual Account derived from Matching Contributions (including ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions), if applicable, made pursuant to
Section Three of the Adoption Agreement as follows. 
  

																									
	 YEARS OF
 VESTING
 SERVICE
	  	VESTED PERCENTAGE
	 Matching
	  	Option 1  ̈	 	 	Option 2 þ	 	 	Option 3  ̈	 	 	Option 4  ̈	 	 	 (Complete if chosen)
	  	Option 5  ̈	 	 	(Complete if chosen)
	 Less than One
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	        	% 	 		  	 	        	% 	 	
	 1
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	        	% 	 		  	 	        	% 	 	
	 2
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	20	% 	 	 	        	% 	 	(not less than 20%)	  	 	        	% 	 	
	 3
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	40	% 	 	 	        	% 	 	(not less than 40%)	  	 	100	% 	 	
	 4
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	60	% 	 	 	        	% 	 	(not less than 60%)	  	 	100	% 	 	
	 5
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	80	% 	 	 	        	% 	 	(not less than 80%)	  	 	100	% 	 	
	 6
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 		  	 	100	% 	 	

 NOTE: If no option is selected as of the first date on which such contributions may be
made to the Plan, Option 1 will apply. A Participant with accrued benefits derived from Matching Contributions who has not completed at least one Hour of Service under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, will be subject
to the vesting schedule in effect after January 1, 2002, unless otherwise elected by the Employer in an amendment adopting provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (EGTRRA). Please list the pre-EGTRRA vesting
schedules, if applicable, on Attachment A, Protected Benefits and Prior Plan Provisions. 
  

	Part B. 	Vesting Schedule For Employer Profit Sharing Contributions 

 A Participant will become Vested in the portion of their Individual Account derived from Employer Profit Sharing Contributions, if applicable, made pursuant to Section Three of the Adoption Agreement as
follows. 
  

																									
	 YEARS OF
 VESTING
 SERVICE
	  	VESTED PERCENTAGE
	 Profit Sharing
	  	Option 1  ̈	 	 	Option 2 þ	 	 	Option 3  ̈	 	 	Option 4  ̈	 	 	 (Complete if chosen)
	  	Option 5  ̈	 	 	(Complete if chosen)
	 Less than One
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	        	% 	 		  	 	        	% 	 	
	 1
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	        	% 	 		  	 	        	% 	 	
	 2
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	0	% 	 	 	20	% 	 	 	        	% 	 	(not less than 20%)	  	 	        	% 	 	
	 3
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	40	% 	 	 	        	% 	 	(not less than 40%)	  	 	100	% 	 	
	 4
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	60	% 	 	 	        	% 	 	(not less than 60%)	  	 	100	% 	 	
	 5
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	80	% 	 	 	        	% 	 	(not less than 80%)	  	 	100	% 	 	
	 6
	  	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 	 	100	% 	 		  	 	100	% 	 	

 NOTE: If no option is selected as of the first date on which such contributions may be
made to the Plan, Option 1 will apply. 
  

	Part C. 	Measuring Period For Vesting 

 Years of Vesting Service will be measured over the following 12-consecutive month period:  
  

					
			
		 	 Option 1:
	 	 þ      ThePlan Year.

			
		 	 Option 2:
	 	  ̈      The12-consecutive month period
commencing with the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and each successive 12-month period commencing on the anniversaries of the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date.

			
		 	 Option 3:
	 	  ̈      Other(specify)
                                         
                                         
                                         
             .

		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

  

	Part D. 	Year of Vesting Service 

  

							
		 	1.	 	1000 Hours of Service (no more than 1,000) shall be required to constitute a Year of Vesting Service.
			
		 	2.	 	500 Hours of Service (no more than 500 but less than the number specified in Part D, item 1, above) must be exceeded to avoid a Break in Vesting
Service.
		
		 	NOTE: If no hours are specified, 1,000 and 500 will apply for items 1 and 2, respectively.

  

	Part E. 	Exclusion of Certain Years of Vesting Service 

 All of an Employee’s Years of Vesting Service with the Employer are counted to determine the Vested percentage in the Participant’s Individual Account except (select all that apply):

  ̈ Years of Vesting Service before the Employee reaches age 18. 

 ̈ Years of Vesting Service before the Employer maintained this Plan or a predecessor plan.

  ̈ Years of Vesting Service during a period for which the Employee made no
mandatory Nondeductible Employee 
 Contributions. 

  

					
		  	Page 22 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

									
	Part F.	  	Fully Vested Under Certain Circumstances	 		 	
		  	  
 Will an Employee be fully Vested under the following
circumstances (select “Yes” or “No” to each of the following items by selecting the appropriate box)?

				
		  	 1.     The Employee dies.
	 	þ Yes	 	 ̈ No
				
		  	 2.     The Employee incurs a Disability.
	 	þ Yes	 	 ̈ No
				
		  	3.     The Employee satisfies the conditions for Early Retirement Age (if applicable).	 	 ̈ Yes	 	 ̈ No
		  	  
 NOTE: If a box is not selected for an item,
“Yes” will apply for that item.
	 		 	
				
	Part G.	  	Allocation of Forfeitures of Matching Contributions	 		 	
		  	  
 Forfeitures of Matching Contributions will be
(select one):
	 		 	
			
		  	Option 1:  ̈	  	Allocated to the Individual Accounts of the Participants specified below in the ratio that each Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total
Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.
		  		  	  
 The Participants entitled to receive allocations of
such Forfeitures will be (select one):
  

		  		  	Suboption (a):  ̈  Qualifying Contributing Participants.	 		 	
		  		  	  
 Suboption
(b):  ̈  Qualifying Participants.
	 		 	
		  		  	  
 Suboption
(c):  ̈  All Participants.
	 		 	
		  		  	  
 NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption
(a) will apply.
	 		 	
					
		  	Option 2: þ	  	Applied to reduce Employer Contributions.	 		 	
		  	  
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will
apply. Pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(C) and notwithstanding the election made above, the Employer may first apply Forfeitures to the payment of the Plan’s administrative expenses in accordance with Plan Section 7.04 and/or the
restoration of Participant’s Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3).

				
	 Part H.
	  	Allocation of Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions	 		 	
		  	  
 Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions will be
(select one):
	 		 	
		  	  

Option 1:  ̈
	  	  
 Allocated to the Individual Accounts of each Qualifying
Contributing Participant’s Matching Contribution account in the ratio that each Qualifying Contributing Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Qualifying Contributing Participants who are
non-Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year.

					
		  	Option 2: þ	  	Applied to reduce Employer Contributions.	 		 	
		  	  
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will
apply. Pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(C) and notwithstanding the election made above, the Employer may first apply Forfeitures to the payment of the Plan’s administrative expenses in accordance with Plan Section 7.04 and/or the
restoration of Participant’s Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3).

				
	Part I.	  	Allocation of Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions	 		 	
		  	  
 Forfeitures of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
will be (select one):
	 		 	
		  	  

Option 1:  ̈
	  	  
 Allocated to the Individual Accounts of the
Participants specified below in the manner described in Plan Section 3.04(B) (for Employer Profit Sharing Contributions).

		  		  	  
 The Participants entitled to receive allocations of
such Forfeitures will be (select one):
  

		  		  	 Suboption (a):  ̈  Qualifying Participants.

 
	 		 	
		  		  	Suboption (b):  ̈  All Participants.	 		 	
		  		  	  
 NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption
(a) will apply.
	 		 	
		  	  

Option 2: þ
	  	  
 Applied to reduce Employer Contributions.
	 		 	
		  	  
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will
apply. Pursuant to Plan Section 3.04(C) and notwithstanding the election made above, the Employer may first apply Forfeitures to the payment of the Plan’s administrative expenses in accordance with Plan Section 7.04 and/or the
restoration of Participant’s Individual Accounts pursuant to Plan Section 4.01(C)(3).

  

					
		  	Page 23 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 SECTION FIVE: DISTRIBUTIONS AND LOANS 

Complete Parts A through F 
  

	Part A.	Eligibility for Distributions (Answer each of the following items.) 

 

	 	1.	Distributions Upon Termination of Employment 

  

	 	a.	Individual Account Balances Less Than or Equal to the Cashout Level 

 

	 	  	Cashout Level for Terminated Participants 

 For purposes of applying the cashout rules in Plan Section 4.01(C), the cashout level will be (select one): 
 Option 1: þ $5,000. 

Option 2:  ̈ $1,000. 

Option 3:  ̈ $200. 

Option 4:  ̈
$            (specify an amount less than $1,000). 

Option 5:  ̈ Not Applicable. The cashout distribution provisions in Plan
Section 4.01(C)(1) will not apply. 
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. A cashout level
exceeding $1,000 will subject the Plan to the automatic rollover requirements of Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) as described in Plan Section 5.01(B). If Option 5 is selected you may skip item (ii) below because the value of the Vested
portion of the Participant’s Individual Account must remain in the Plan until the Participant is entitled to, and requests (if required), a distribution. The value of a Participant’s Vested Individual Account for purposes of determining
the cashout level shall be determined by including rollover contributions. 
  

	 	b.	Individual Account Balances Exceeding Cashout Level 

  

	 	i.	Employee Has Not Reached Normal Retirement Age 

 May an Employee who has not reached Normal Retirement Age request a distribution from the Plan of that portion of the Participant’s Individual Account attributable to the following types of
contributions upon incurring a Termination of Employment (select one)? 
 Option 1: þ Yes, with respect to the following contributions. 

                       
 þ Matching Contributions (if applicable). 

                       
 þ Employer Profit Sharing Contributions (if applicable). 

Option 2:  ̈ No. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply with regard to Matching Contributions, and Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions. 
  

	 	ii.	Severance from Employment 

May a Participant request a distribution of their Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching
Contributions, and earnings on account of Severance from Employment pursuant to Plan Section 5.01(A)(2)? 
 Option
1: þ Yes. 
 Option 2:
 ̈ No. 
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

  

	 	2.	Distributions During Employment 

  

	 	a.	In-Service Withdrawals 

  

	 	i.	In-Service Availability for Elective Deferrals 

 Will a Participant who has not incurred a Severance from Employment be entitled to request an in-service withdrawal from the Plan of that portion of the Participant’s Individual Account attributable
to Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions (select one)? 
 þ Yes, if he or she has attained age 59.5 (must be at least age 591/2. If no age is specified, age 591/2 will apply) 

 ̈ Yes, if he or she has attained Normal Retirement Age. 

NOTE: If either box is selected above, select whether in-service distributions will be available from Pre-Tax and/or Roth
Elective Deferrals. 
 þ Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals. 

þ Roth Elective Deferrals. 

NOTE: If a Participant is permitted to request an in-service distribution upon attainment of Normal
Retirement Age, he or she must also be at least age 591/2 to be eligible for the distribution. If in-service distributions are
permitted and neither Pre-Tax nor Roth Elective Deferrals is selected, in-service distributions will be permitted from both Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals.

  

	 	ii.	In-Service Availability for Employer Contributions 

 Will a Participant be entitled to request an in-service withdrawal from the Plan of that portion of the Participant’s Individual Account attributable to Matching Contributions, and Employer Profit
Sharing Contributions (select one)? 
 Option 1: þ Yes, with
respect to the following contributions (select all that apply and complete the table below): 

                    þ Matching Contributions. 

                    þ Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 
 Option 2:  ̈ No. 
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply with respect to
all Matching Contributions, and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. 

  

					
		  	Page 24 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

							
	 	 	 	  	Matching
Contributions	  	Employer
Profit Sharing
Contributions
				
		 	 Upon attainment of age 591/2
	  	ü	  	ü
				
		 	 Upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age
	  		  	
				
		 	 Upon attainment of age (specify an age other than age 591/2): 
	  		  	
				
		 	 Upon reaching a Vested percentage equal to: 100%
	  		  	
				
		 	 The maximum Vested percent of the Individual Account that may be withdrawn is (specify Vested percent): 
	  		  	
				
		 	 After contributions have been allocated to the Plan for a period of years equal to (must be at least two):

	  		  	
				
		 	 After participating in the Plan for a period of years equal to (must be at least five unless the applicable contributions have
been allocated to the Plan for at least two years as specified in the box above): 
	  		  	
				
		 	 The maximum number of in-service withdrawals that may be taken while a Participant is employed by the Employer is (specify
either “unlimited” or the actual number that applies (e.g., one, one per year, etc.)): 
	  	one per year	  	one per year
				
		 	 After participating in the Plan for a period of years equal to (a) and
	  	(a)	  	(a)
		 	 attaining age (b).
	  	(b)	  	(b)
				
		 	 After becoming 100% Vested, participating in the Plan for a period
	  	(a)	  	(a)
		 	 of years equal to (a) and attaining age (b).
	  	(b)	  	(b)

 NOTE: Place an “x” or enter the specific criteria (e.g., age, vested percentage, etc.)
in each box, as applicable. A Participant need only satisfy the criteria in one of the rows to be eligible for an in-service distribution. If Option 1 applies and no selections or entries are made in the table above, Plan Section 5.01(C)(1)
will apply in determining whether a Participant is entitled to an in-service distribution and there will be no limit on the number of in-service distributions. 
  

	b.	Hardship Withdrawals 

  

	 	i.	Hardship Availability for Elective Deferrals 

 Will a Participant who has not incurred a Severance from Employment be entitled to request a hardship distribution from the Plan of that portion of the Individual Account attributable to Elective
Deferrals (select one)? 
  

							
		 	Option 1:	  	þ	  	Yes, with respect to the following Elective Deferrals (select all that apply):
				
		 		  		  	 þ       Pre-tax Elective
Deferrals.

				
		 		  		  	 þ       Roth Elective
Deferrals.

				
		 	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	No.

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply and hardship distributions will be available
from both Pre-tax and Roth Elective Deferrals. Hardship distributions of Elective Deferrals will result in a suspension of an Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Employee Nondeductible Contributions, if applicable) as described in Plan Section
5.01(C)(2)(b). 
  

	 	ii.	Hardship Availability for Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions 

Will a Participant be entitled to request a hardship distribution from the Plan (select all that apply)? 

 

							
		 	Option 1:	  	þ	  	Yes, with respect to the following contributions (select all that apply): 
				
		 		  		  	 þ       Matching
Contributions.

				
		 		  		  	 þ       Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions.

				
		 	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, with respect to the following contribution and only with respect to a Participant who is 100 percent Vested in their Individual Account attributable to such contributions
(select all that apply):
				
		 		  		  	  ̈       Matching
Contributions.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions.

				
		 	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, with respect to the following contribution and only with respect to a Participant who has participated in the Plan for
             or more years and has attained age              (select all that apply):
				
		 		  		  	  ̈       Matching
Contributions.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions.

				
		 	Option 4:	  	 ̈	  	Yes, with respect to the following contribution and only with respect to a Participant who is 100 percent Vested in their Individual Account and has participated in the Plan for
             or more years and has attained age              (select all that apply):
				
		 		  		  	  ̈       Matching
Contributions.

				
		 		  		  	  ̈       Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions.

  

					
		  	Page 25 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 Option
5:   ̈  No. 
 NOTE: If no option is selected,
Option 1 will apply with respect to all Matching Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. If Option 1, 2, 3, or 4 applies, complete the following: 
  

					
		  	How will hardship be defined for purposes of this section?
			
		  	Suboption (a):   ̈	  	The definition of hardship described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(a) will apply with respect to the following types of contributions, therefore an Employee’s Elective
Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) will not be suspended for six months (select all that apply):
			
		  		  	 ̈  Matching Contributions.
			
		  		  	 ̈  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
			
		  	Suboption (b):   ̈	  	The safe harbor definition of hardship distribution described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b) will apply with respect to the following types of contributions, except that an
Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) will not be suspended for six months (select all that apply):
			
		  		  	 ̈  Matching Contributions.
			
		  		  	 ̈  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
			
		  	Suboption (c):  þ	  	The safe harbor definition of hardship distribution described in Plan Section 5.01(C)(2)(b) will apply with respect to the following types of contributions, including the
requirement that an Employee’s Elective Deferrals (and Nondeductible Employee Contributions, if applicable) will be suspended for six months (select all that apply):
			
		  		  	þ  Matching Contributions.
			
		  		  	þ  Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.
		
		  	NOTE: If no suboption is selected, Suboption (b) will apply to the option selected in item (b)(ii) above with regard to Matching Contributions and
Employer Profit Sharing Contributions.

  

	 	3.	Miscellaneous Distribution Issues 

  

	 	a.	Withdrawals of Rollover Contributions 

 Will an Employee be entitled to request a distribution of their rollover contributions at any time (select one)? 
 Option 1:   ̈  Yes.  
 Option 2:  þ  No. 
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 applies, the Plan’s provisions governing distributions will apply according to Plan Section 5.01(A)(1). 

 

	 	b.	Withdrawals of Transfer Contributions 

 Will an Employee be entitled to request a distribution of their transfer contributions at any time subject to the restrictions of Plan Section 5.01(D) (select one)? 

Option 1:   ̈  Yes. 

Option 2:  þ   No. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 applies, the Plan’s provisions governing distributions
will apply according to Plan Section 5.01 (A)(1). 
  

	 	c.	Disability 

 Will a
Participant who has incurred a Disability be entitled to request a distribution from the Plan (select one)?  

Option 1:  þ  Yes (select all that
apply): 
    þ  Elective
Deferrals. 
    þ  Matching
Contributions. 
    þ  Employer Profit
Sharing Contributions.  
 Option 2:   ̈ No.

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 1 applies and no contribution source is selected,
distributions will be permitted from all contribution sources. 
 Part B. Form of Distribution (Answer each of the following
items.) 
  

	 	1.	Individual Account Balances of $1,000 or Less 

 Cashout distributions of $1,000 or less that are Eligible Rollover Distributions and are made to terminated Participants pursuant to Plan Section 5.01(B) shall be (select one): 

Option 1:  þ  Paid in a lump sum distribution. 

Option 2:   ̈  Paid in a Direct Rollover to an individual
retirement account (as defined in Code Sections 
 408(a) and 408(b)). 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 26 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	 	2.	Individual Account Balances Exceeding $1,000 

  

	 	a.	Lump Sum 

 Will a
Participant be entitled to request a distribution of the Vested portion of their Individual Account in a lump sum, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)? 
 Option 1: þ Yes. 

Option 2:  ̈ No. 

 

	 	b.	Partial Payments 

 Will a
Participant be entitled to request a partial distribution of the Vested portion of their Individual Account, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)? 
 Option 1: þ Yes. 

Option 2:  ̈ No. 

 

	 	c.	Installment Payments 

Will a Participant be entitled to request a distribution of the Vested portion of their Individual Account over a period not to exceed
the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Participant and their designated Beneficiary, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)? 

Option 1: þ Yes. 

Option 2:  ̈ No. 

 

	 	d.	Annuity Contracts 

 Will
a Participant be entitled to apply the Vested portion of their Individual Account toward the purchase of an annuity contract, subject to Plan Section 5.02 (select one)? 

Option 1:  ̈ Yes. 

Option 2: þ No. 

NOTE: Option 1 must be selected for at least one of items (a) through (d) in Part B, item 2 above. If neither option
is selected for items (a) or (b) in Part B, item 2 above, Option 1 will apply. If neither option is selected for items (c) or (d), Option 2 will apply. If this Plan is restating a Prior Plan, the forms of distribution under this Plan
must generally be at least as favorable as under the Prior Plan. 
  

	Part C.	    Timing of Distributions 

  

	 	1.	Death, Disability or Attainment of Normal Retirement Age 

 If a Participant dies, incurs a Disability or attains Normal Retirement Age, and a distributable event has occurred, distributions shall commence as soon as administratively feasible following (select
one): 
  

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	þ	 	  	 	The date the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution.
				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	The next valuation date after the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution.
				
		 	 Option 3:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution.
				
		 	 Option 4:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	 The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution or the
Participant requests a distribution and incurs                  (not more than five) consecutive one-year Breaks in Vesting Service, whichever is
later.

		
		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. A Participant’s request for a distribution must be
accompanied by their Spouse’s consent (if required) as prescribed in Plan Section 5.10.

  

	 	2.	Termination of Employment or Severance from Employment 

 If a Participant has a Termination of Employment or Severance from Employment, and a distributable event has occurred, distributions shall commence as soon as administratively feasible following
(select one): 
  

									
				
		 	 Option 1:
	 	þ	 	  	 	The date the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution.
				
		 	 Option 2:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	The next valuation date after the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution.
				
		 	 Option 3:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution.
				
		 	 Option 4:
	 	 ̈	 	  	 	 The last day of the Plan Year within which the Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) requests a distribution or the
Participant requests a distribution and incurs                  (not more than five) consecutive one-year Breaks in Vesting Service, whichever is
later.

		
		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. A Participant’s request for a distribution must be
accompanied by their Spouse’s consent (if required) as prescribed in Plan Section 5.10. 

  

					
		  	Page 27 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

					
	Part D.  	 	Required Minimum Distributions
		
		 	 1.      Election to Apply Five-Year Rule to Distributions to Designated
Beneficiaries

		
		 	          Will Designated Beneficiaries be required to take distributions
according to the five-year rule (select one)?

			
		 	
         Option 1: 
 ̈
	 	Yes. If the Participant dies before distributions have begun and there is a Designated Beneficiary, distribution to the Designated Beneficiary is not required to begin by the
date specified in Plan Section 5.05(D)(2), but the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
If the Participant’s surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving Spouse have begun, this election
will apply as if the surviving Spouse were the Participant.
			
		 	
         Option 2: 
þ
	 	No.
		
		 	          NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will
apply.

			
		 		 	If applicable, this item 1 shall apply to (select one): 
			
		 		 	Option 1:  ̈ All distributions.
			
		 		 	Option 2:  ̈ The following distributions (specify):
                                        
            .
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
		
		 	 2.      Election to Permit Participants or Beneficiaries to Elect Five-Year
Rule

		
		 	          Will Participants or Designated Beneficiaries be permitted to
elect, on an individual basis, whether the five-year rule or the life expectancy rule applies (select one)?

 

							
		 	Option 1: þ	 	Yes. Participants or Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the five-year rule or the life expectancy rule in Plan Section 5.05(D)(2) applies
to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a Designated Beneficiary.
			
		 	Option 2:  ̈	 	No. Distributions will be made in accordance with Plan Section 5.05(D)(2) and, if applicable, item 1 above.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 1 in Part D, item 1 above is selected, Option 2 in Part D, item 2 must be
selected.

  

					
	Part E.	 	Retirement Equity Act Safe Harbor
		
		 	Will the safe harbor provisions of Plan Section 5.10(E) apply (select one)?
		
		 	Option 1: þ Yes.
		
		 	Option 2:  ̈ No.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
		
		 	Survivor Annuity Percentage (Complete only if Option 2 is selected or if certain Plan assets (e.g., transfer contributions) are subject to the
Retirement Equity Act annuity requirements.)
		
		 	The survivor annuity portion of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be a percentage equal to
             percent (at least 50 percent, but no more than 100 percent) of the amount paid to the Participant before their death.
		
		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, the survivor annuity portion of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be equal to 50 percent.
		
	Part F.	 	Loans
		 	May a Participant request a loan pursuant to Plan Section 5.16 (select one)?  

Option 1: þ Yes.

 
 Option
2:  ̈ No.
  
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.

	
	NOTE: Generally, Code Section 411(d)(6) prohibits the elimination of protected benefits. Protected benefits include the timing of payout options. If the
Plan is restating a Prior Plan that permitted a distribution option described above that involves the timing of a distribution, the selections must generally be at least as favorable as under the Prior Plan. Certain forms of distributions (e.g.,
redundant forms of distribution) may, however, be eliminated. Refer to Code Section 411(d)(6) and the corresponding Treasury regulation for details pertaining to the elimination of otherwise protected benefits. Note that ADP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions may not be distributed earlier than Severance from Employment, death, Disability, an event described in Code Section 401(k)(10), or, in the case of a profit sharing plan, the attainment of age 59 1/2.
			
		 		 	 SECTION SIX: DEFINITIONS
 Complete Parts A through J

		
	Part A.	 	Compensation for Allocation and Other General Purposes (Define compensation by placing an “x” in each of the applicable boxes below. If a
contribution source listed below is not available in the Plan, select “Not Applicable” for such source.
		
		 	 1.      Base Definition

		
		 	          Compensation will mean all of each Participant’s
(select one for each contribution source):

  

							
	 	  	Elective
Deferrals	  	Matching
Contributions	  	Employer
Profit Sharing
Contributions
	 Not Applicable
	  		  		  	
	 W-2 Wages
	  		  		  	
	 3401(a) Wages
	  		  		  	
	 415 Safe-Harbor Compensation
	  	ü	  	ü	  	ü
	
	NOTE: If no box is selected for a contribution source, W-2 wages will apply to such source.

  

					
		  	Page 28 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	2.	Determination Period 

 Compensation shall be determined over the following applicable period (select one for each contribution source): 
  

							
	 	  	Elective
Deferrals	  	Matching
Contributions	  	Employer
Profit
Sharing
Contributions
	 Not Applicable
	  		  		  	
	 Plan Year
	  	ü	  	ü	  	ü
	 Calendar Year Ending With Or Within The Plan Year
	  		  		  	
	 Consecutive 12-Month Period, Beginning On (specify month and
day)
                
	  		  		  	

 NOTE: If no box is selected for a contribution source, Plan Year will apply to such source.

  

	3.	Inclusion of Elective Deferrals 

 Compensation shall include Employer Contributions (made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement) that are not includible in the gross income of the Employee under any of the following Code Sections:
Section 125 (cafeteria plans), Section l32(f)(4) (transportation fringe benefits), Section 402(e)(3) (401 (k) plans), Section 408(k) (salary deferral SEP plans), Section 403(b) (tax sheltered annuity plans), Section 457
(deferred compensation plans of state and local governments and tax-exempt organizations) (select “Yes” or “No” for each of the following contribution types). 

 

					
	 Elective Deferrals
	  	þ Yes   ̈ No	 	
	 Matching Contributions
	  	þ Yes   ̈ No	 	
	 Employer Profit Sharing Contributions
	  	þ Yes   ̈ No	 	

 NOTE: If a box is not selected for an item, “Yes” will apply for the applicable
contribution type, if applicable. 
  

	4.	Exclusions from Compensation 

 Compensation shall exclude the following (select all that apply). 
  

							
	 	  	Elective
Deferrals	  	Matching
Contributions	  	Employer
Profit
Sharing
Contributions
	 Not Applicable
	  		  		  	
	 Bonuses
	  		  		  	
	 Overtime
	  		  		  	
	 Commissions
	  		  		  	
	 Other (specify) 
	  		  		  	
				
	 Reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe
 benefits (cash or non-cash), moving expenses,
 deferred compensation and welfare
benefits.
	  	ü	  	ü	  	ü

 NOTE: If a box is not selected for a contribution source, such item will be included in
Compensation for such contribution source, if applicable. No exclusions from Compensation are permitted with respect to Employer Profit Sharing Contributions if the integrated allocation formula in Section Three, Part D, item 3 is selected. If any
items are excluded, the definition of Compensation may not be a safe harbor alternative definition of compensation and may be subject to nondiscrimination testing under Code Section 414(s). 

 

	5.	Post-Severance Compensation 

  

	 	a.	Regular Compensation 

 In
addition to any adjustment to Compensation elected above, will regular compensation be included in Compensation (select one)? 
 Option 1: þ Yes. 

Option 2:  ̈ No. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

 

	 	b.	Leave Payments 

 In
addition to any adjustment to Compensation elected above, will leave payments be excluded from Compensation (select one)? 

Option 1: þ Yes. 

Option 2:  ̈ No. 

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 29 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

	 	6.	Pre-Entry Date Compensation 

 Unless a different definition of Compensation is required by either the Code or ERISA, for the Plan Year in which an Employee enters the Plan, the Employee’s Compensation that will be taken into
account for purposes of the Plan will be (select one for each contribution source): 
  

							
	 	  	Elective
Deferrals	  	Matching
Contributions	  	Employer Profit
Sharing
Contributions
	 Not Applicable
	  		  		  	
	 Compensation from Entry Date
	  	ü	  	ü	  	ü
	 Compensation for the full Plan Year
	  		  		  	

 NOTE: If no box is selected for a contribution source, Compensation from Entry Date will apply
to such source. 
  

	 	7.	Deemed 125 Compensation 

Will Compensation include deemed Code Section 125 compensation? 

 

									
	     Option 1:
	  	 	 ̈	  	  	Yes.	  	
				
	     Option 2:
	  	 	þ	  	  	No.	  	

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

 

	Part B.	Disability 

 For purposes
of this Plan, Disability will mean (select one): 
  

							
	    Option 1:
	  	 	þ	  	  	 The inability to engage in any substantial, gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment
that can be expected to result in death or
 which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12
months.

			
	    Option 2:
	  	 	 ̈	  	  	The inability to engage in any substantial, gainful activity in the Employee’s trade or profession for which the Employee is best qualified through training or experience or
as defined under the employer’s long term disability program. 

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. 

 

	Part C.	Highly Compensated Employee 

  

	 	1.	Top Paid Group Election 

For purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee under the Plan, will the top paid group election apply (select
one)? 
  

									
	     Option 1:
	  	 	 ̈	  	  	Yes.	  	
				
	     Option 2:
	  	 	þ	  	  	No.	  	

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

 

	 	2.	Calendar Year Data Election 

 If the Plan Year is a fiscal year other than a calendar year, for purposes of determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee (other than a five-percent owner) under the Plan, will the calendar year data
election apply (select one)? 
  

							
	     Option 1:
	  	 ̈	  	Yes.	  	
				
	     Option 2:
	  	 ̈	  	No.	  	

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. If the Plan Year is a calendar year, the
Highly Compensated Employee determination will be based on the calendar year. 
  

	Part D.	Hour of Service–Method of Determining Service 

  

	 	1.	Service for purposes of determining eligibility to participate in the Plan will be determined on the basis of (select one): 

 

							
	     Option 1:
	  	 	þ	  	  	Elapsed Time.
			
	     Option 2:
	  	 	 ̈	  	  	Actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
			
	     Option 3:
	  	 
	 ̈
	  
	  	Days worked. An Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service
during the day.
			
	     Option 4:
	  	 	 ̈	  	  	Weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service
during the week.
			
	     Option 5:
	  	 	 ̈	  	  	Semi-Monthly payroll periods worked. An Employee will be credited with 95 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at
least one Hour of Service during the semi-monthly payroll period.
			
	     Option 6:
	  	 	 ̈	  	  	Months worked. An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of
Service during the month.

 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply. 

  

					
		  	Page 30 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

									
		 	2.	  	Service for purposes of determining if a Participant is a Qualifying Participant or Qualifying Contributing Participant (and therefore eligible to receive an Employer
Contribution) will be determined on the basis of (select one):
					
		 		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Elapsed Time.
					
		 		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	Actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
					
		 		  	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	Days worked. An Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service
during the day.
					
		 		  	Option 4:	  	 ̈	  	Weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service
during the week.
					
		 		  	Option 5:	  	 ̈	  	Semi-Monthly payroll periods worked. An Employee will be credited with 95 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least
one Hour of Service during the semi-monthly payroll period.
					
		 		  	Option 6:	  	 ̈	  	Months worked. An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service
during the month.
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.
			
		 	3.	  	Service for purposes of determining a Participant’s Vested percentage will be determined on the basis of (select one): 
					
		 		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	Elapsed Time.
					
		 		  	Option 2:	  	þ	  	Actual hours for which an Employee is paid or entitled to payment.
					
		 		  	Option 3:	  	 ̈	  	Days worked. An Employee will be credited with 10 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service
during the day.
					
		 		  	Option 4:	  	 ̈	  	Weeks worked. An Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service
during the week.
					
		 		  	Option 5:	  	 ̈	  	Semi-Monthly payroll periods worked. An Employee will be credited with 95 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least
one Hour of Service during the semi-monthly payroll period.
					
		 		  	Option 6:	  	 ̈	  	Months worked. An Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if under the definition of Hours of Service such Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of Service
during the month.
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.
		
	Part E.    	 	 Limitation Year Means

		
		 	 Option 1: þ The Plan Year.

 
 Option 2:  ̈ The
calendar year.
  
 Option 3:  ̈ Other 12-consecutive month period (Specify a 12-consecutive month period selected in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory manner.)                                  
                                         
                                         
                .
  
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

		
	Part F.    	 	 Plan Year Means

		
		 	  
 Option 1:
 ̈ The 12-consecutive month period which coincides with the Adopting Employer’s tax year.
  

Option 2: þ The calendar year.

 
 Option 3:  ̈ The 52/53 week period ending on the last                      (specify day of the
week) nearest                      (specify month and day) of each year.

 
 Option 4:  ̈ Other 12-consecutive month period (Specify a 12-consecutive month period selected in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory
manner.)                                      
                                         
                                         
            .
  

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.
  

If the initial Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year is less than 12 months (a short Plan Year) specify such Plan Year’s beginning and ending dates.
                                        
                                         
                                         
                             .

		
	Part G.    	 	 Predecessor Employer Service 

		
		 	 In addition to the Hours of Service credited when an Employer maintains the plan of a predecessor employer, Hours of Service
with a predecessor employer will be credited for the following purposes where the Employer does not maintain the plan of a predecessor employer (select all that apply): 

 
  ̈ Eligibility.

 
  ̈ Vesting.

 
  ̈ Allocation of
Contributions.
  
 Name of Predecessor Employer(s):
                                         
                                         
                                         
                 
  
 If service with a predecessor is taken into account for one or more of the items listed above, specify any additional limitations on crediting service that apply (e.g., limitations by business
classification, length of service, etc.):

		 	  

		 	  

  

					
		  	Page 31 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

  

									
	Part H.	 		  	 Required Beginning Date 
  

For purposes of determining when minimum distributions must begin to be made to each Participant, the Required Beginning Date will mean (select
one):

					
		 		  	Option 1:	  	 ̈	  	The April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70 1/2.
					
		 		  	Option 2:	  	 ̈	  	 April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, except that distributions to a Participant (other than a five-percent owner) with respect to benefits accrued after
             (specify month, day, and year) must commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains
age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which the Participant retires.

					
		 		  	Option 3:	  	þ	  	The later of the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which a Participant attains age 70 1/2 or retires except that distributions to a five-percent owner must commence by the April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.
			
		 		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 3 will apply.
					
		 		  		  		  	(If Option 3 is selected, choose one or more of the following suboptions.)
					
		 		  		  		  	 Suboption (a): þ     Any Participant (other than a
five-percent owner of the Employer) attaining age 70 1/2 in years after 1995 may elect by the April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant
attained age 70 1/2 (or by December 31,1997, in the case of a Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in 1996) to defer distributions until the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant
retires. An election to defer distributions will be deemed made by a Participant who does not request a minimum distribution by April 1 of the year following the year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

					
		 		  		  		  	 Suboption (b): þ     Any Participant
(other than a five-percent owner) attaining age 70 1/2 in years before 1997 may elect to stop distributions and recommence by the April 1 of the calendar year following the
year in which the Participant retires. There is either (select one):

					
		 		  		  		  	 (i)  ̈ a new annuity starting date upon recommencement, or

 
 (ii) þ no new
annuity starting date upon recommencement. 
  

NOTE: If neither item (i) nor item (ii) is selected, item (ii) will apply.

 
 NOTE: If no suboption(s) is selected, Suboptions (a) and (b) will
apply.

			
	Part I.	 		  	 Retirement Age 
  

1.      Early Retirement Age

 
 The Early Retirement Age under the Plan will be (select
one): 
  
 Option 1: þ An Early Retirement Age is not applicable under the Plan. 
  

Option 2:  ̈ A Participant satisfies the Plan’s Early
Retirement Age conditions by attaining age        and completing               Years of Vesting Service. 

 
 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will
apply.

			
		 		  	 2.      Normal Retirement Age

 
 The Normal Retirement Age under the Plan will be (select and
complete one): 
  
 Option 1: þ Age 55 (not to exceed 65 or such later age as may be allowed under Code Section 411(a)(8)). 
  

Option 2:  ̈ The later of age
     (not to exceed 65 or such later age as may be allowed under Code Section 411(a)(8)) or the              (not to exceed fifth)
anniversary of the first day of the first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.
  

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 and age 59 1/2 will apply.

		
	Part J.	 	 Valuation Date 

		
		 	 The Plan Valuation Date will be (select one): 

 
 Option 1:  ̈
Daily.
  
 Option
2:  ̈ The last day of the Plan Year and each other date designated by the Plan Administrator which is selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 
 Option 3:  ̈ The last day of
each Plan quarter.
  
 Option 4:
 ̈ The last day of each month.
  

Option 5: þ Other (Specify one or more dates that are
selected in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, including the last day of the Plan Year.) Each day the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.
  

NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.

  

					
		  	Page 32 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 SECTION SEVEN: MISCELLANEOUS 

Complete Parts A and B 
  

							
	Part A.	 		 	Life Insurance
			
		 		 	Will life insurance investments be permitted under the Plan (select one)?
				
		 		 	Option 1:  ̈	  	Yes.
				
		 		 	Option 2: þ	  	No.
			
		 		 	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 2 will apply.
			
	Part B.	 		 	Participant Direction
			
		 		 	 1.      Authorization

			
		 		 	 Will a Participant be responsible for directing any or all of the investment of their Plan assets pursuant to Plan
Section 7.22(B)
(select one)?

			
		 		 	 Option 1: þ Yes.

			
		 		 	 Option 2:  ̈ No.

			
		 		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. Complete the remainder of Part B only if Option 1 is
selected.

			
		 		 	 2.      Investment Options

			
		 		 	 A Participant may direct the investment of their Plan assets among the following investments (select one):

				
		 		 	 Option 1: þ 
	  	Only those investment options designated by the Plan Administrator or other Fiduciary as being subject
to Participant direction.
				
		 		 	 Option 2:  ̈ 
	  	Any investment permitted by the Plan. 
			
		 		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

			
		 		 	 3.      Accounts Subject to Participant Direction

			
		 		 	 A Participant shall be responsible for directing the following portions of their Individual Account (select
one):

				
		 		 	 Option 1: þ
	  	The entire Individual Account.
				
		 		 	 Option 2:  ̈ 
	  	Those accounts that the Plan Administrator may designate from time to time in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.
				
		 		 	 Option 3:  ̈ 
	  	The following accounts (select all that apply):
				
		 		 		  	  ̈        Elective Deferral
account.

				
		 		 		  	  ̈        Matching Contribution
account.

				
		 		 		  	  ̈        Employer Profit Sharing
Contribution account.

				
		 		 		  	  ̈        Rollover contribution
account.

				
		 		 		  	  ̈        Transfer contribution
account.

				
		 		 		  	  ̈        Other (Specify one or more of
the accounts that may, in part, comprise a Participant’s Individual Account under this Plan. Do not list any restrictions on Participant direction that would be deemed to restrict any benefits, rights, or features in a discriminatory manner
prohibited under Code
Section 401(a)(4).)

		 		 		  	
                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                             .

			
		 		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

			
		 		 	 4.      Frequency of Investment Changes

			
		 		 	 A Participant may make changes to the investments within their Individual Account with the following frequency
(select
one):

				
		 		 	 Option 1:  ̈
	  	In accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory rules established by the Plan Administrator or other Fiduciary.
				
		 		 	 Option 2: þ
	  	Daily.
				
		 		 	 Option 3:  ̈
	  	Monthly.
				
		 		 	 Option 4:  ̈
	  	Quarterly.
				
		 		 	 Option 5:  ̈
	  	Other (Specify one or more uniform and nondiscriminatory periods selected by the Plan Administrator.)
		 		 		  	
                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                 .

			
		 		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. The Plan’s Valuation Dates must be at least as often as
the
frequency selected above.

			
		 		 	 5.      ERISA 404(c) Compliance

			
		 		 	 Does the Adopting Employer intend to operate this Plan in compliance with ERISA Section 404(c) as set forth in Plan
Section 7.22(B)?

				
		 		 	 Option 1: þ
	  	Yes.
				
		 		 	 Option 2:  ̈
	  	No.
			
		 		 	 NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply.

  

					
			
		  	Page 33 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 SECTION EIGHT: TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN 

Complete Parts A and B (as applicable) 
  

											
	Part A.	  	Trustee (This Part A must be completed unless the Plan only covers one or more Self-Employed Individuals or satisfies another exception under ERISA. Select
one.)
			
		  	1.	  	Trustee Appointment
			
		  		  	Option 1:   þ Financial Organization as Trustee
			
		  		  	Option 2:    ̈ Individual Trustee(s)
			
		  		  	The Trustee of this Plan shall be a:  þ Directed
Trustee   ̈ Discretionary Trustee
			
		  		  	Name of Trustee    Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company
			
		  		  	Address    P.O. Box 2900, Valley Forge, PA 19482
					
		  		  	Telephone    (800) 523-1188	  		  	

 
											
						
		  		  	Signature	 	 	  	Title	  	    Dennis Simmons, Principal

 
											
				
		  		  	Name of Trustee	 	 

 
											
				
		  		  	Address	 	 

 
											
				
		  		  	Telephone	 	 

 
											
						
		  		  	Signature	 	 	  	Title	  	 

 
											
				
		  		  	Name of Trustee	 	 

 
											
				
		  		  	Address	 	 

 
											
				
		  		  	Telephone	 	 

 
											
						
		  		  	Signature	 	 	  	Title	  	 

 
											
				
		  		  	Name of Trustee	 	 

 
											
				
		  		  	Address	 	 

 
											
				
		  		  	Telephone	 	 

 
											
						
		  		  	Signature	 	 	  	Title	  	 

											
						
		  	2.	  	Trust Agreement	 		  		  	
			
		  		  	If a Trustee is designated in Part A, item 1 above, which trust agreement will apply to the Plan (select one)?
			
		  		  	Option 1:  þ Trust provisions contained in Plan Section Eight.
			
		  		  	Option 2:   ̈ Separate executed trust agreement attached hereto.
			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 is selected, the attached trust agreement must be on file with the IRS for use by the
Prototype Sponsor listed in Section Nine below.
		
	Part B.	  	Custodian (Both a Custodian and Trustee may be appointed for the Plan. This Part B must be completed if a Trustee is not named in Part A,
above.)
			
		  	1.	  	Custodian Appointment
				
		  		  	Financial Organization	 	 

 
											
				
		  		  	Address	 	 

 
											
				
		  		  	Signature	 	 

 
											
						
		  		  	Type Name	 	 	  	Title	  	 

 
											
			
		  	2.	  	Custodial Agreement
			
		  		  	If a Custodian is designated in Part B, item 1 above, which custodial agreement will apply to the Plan (select one)?
			
		  		  	 Option 1:   ̈ Custodial provisions contained
in Plan Section Eight.
 Option 2:   ̈ Separate executed custodial agreement
attached hereto.

			
		  		  	NOTE: If no option is selected, Option 1 will apply. If Option 2 is selected, the attached custodial agreement must be on file with the IRS for use by the
Prototype Sponsor listed in Section Nine below.

  

					
		  	Page 34 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 SECTION NINE: EMPLOYER SIGNATURE 

Prototype Sponsor 
 Name of Prototype
Sponsor     Vanguard Fiduciary Trust Company 
 Address     P.O. Box 2900, Valley Forge, PA 19482

 Telephone     800-523-1188 
 Plan Administrator 
  

	 ̈	Check here and provide the applicable information below if someone other than the Adopting Employer will be the Plan
Administrator.                                      
                                         
                                         
                                         
                       

  

					
	        Name of Plan
Administrator                                       
                                         
                                         
                                         
                               
	        Address                  
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
         
	        City                     
                                         
      	  	State                             
                                       
	  	Zip                             
                                         
                  
	        Telephone                 
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
     
	        Signature of Plan Administrator            
                                         
             Date Signed                         
                                         
       
	        Type
Name                                        
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                     

 Check the applicable box if there is an attachment(s) that applies to this Plan other than a separate trust or custodial
agreement. 
  

	þ	Attachment A, Protected Benefits and Prior Plan Provisions. 

  

	 ̈	Attachment B, Special Effective Date(s). 

  

	 ̈	Attachment C, New Comparability Allocation Group(s). 

  

	þ	Other: (If this box is checked, please describe the attachment(s))     Plan clarification 

Authorized Employer Signature 
 I am
an authorized representative of the Adopting Employer named above and I state the following: 
  

	1.	I acknowledge that I have relied upon my own advisors regarding the completion of this Adoption Agreement and the legal tax implications of adopting this Plan;

  

	2.	I understand that I should review this document carefully for accuracy and completeness as I have final responsibility for ensuring that the operational compliance
requirements for the Plan are met. I understand that my failure to properly complete this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of the Plan; 

 

	3.	I understand that the Prototype Sponsor will inform me of any amendments made to the Plan and will notify me should it discontinue or abandon the Plan; and

  

	4.	I have received a copy of this Adoption Agreement, the corresponding Basic Plan Document and, if applicable, any separate trust or custodial agreement used in lieu
of the trust or custodial agreement contained in the Basic Plan Document. 

  

			
	Signature of Adopting Employer /s/ Gary Yeaw                 
            	  	Date Signed January 4, 2012                      
                                         
 
		
	Type Name Gary Yeaw                       
                                         
       	  	Title VP, Human Resources                       
                                         

  
 NOTE: The Adopting Employer may rely on an
opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is qualified under Code Section 401 only to the extent provided in Revenue Procedure 2005-16. The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other
circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the opinion letter issued with respect to the Plan and in Revenue Procedure 2005- 16. In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such
qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service. This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with Basic Plan Document #01.

  

					
		  	Page 35 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

 SECTION TEN: ALLOCATION FACTOR TABLES 

Employers selecting the Age-Weighted Formula in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of allocating Employer Profit Sharing Contributions shall use the
following tables in determining the Allocation Factor. 
 Age Related Allocation Factors* 

 

							
	Participant’s	  	 	  	Interest Rate	  	 
	 Current Age
	  	7.5%	  	8.0%	  	8.5%
	1	  	0.991	  	0.714	  	0.515
	2	  	1.066	  	0.771	  	0.559
	3	  	1.146	  	0.833	  	0.606
	4	  	1.232	  	0.899	  	0.658
	5	  	1.324	  	0.971	  	0.714
	6	  	1.423	  	1.049	  	0.775
	7	  	1.530	  	1.133	  	0.840
	8	  	1.645	  	1.223	  	0.912
	9	  	1.768	  	1.321	  	0.989
	10	  	1.901	  	1.427	  	1.074
	11	  	2.043	  	1.541	  	1.165
	12	  	2.197	  	1.665	  	1.264
	13	  	2.361	  	1.798	  	1.371
	14	  	2.539	  	1.942	  	1.488
	15	  	2.729	  	2.097	  	1.614
	16	  	2.934	  	2.265	  	1.751
	17	  	3.154	  	2.446	  	1.900
	18	  	3.390	  	2.641	  	2.062
	19	  	3.644	  	2.853	  	2.237
	20	  	3.918	  	3.081	  	2.427
	21	  	4.212	  	3.327	  	2.634
	22	  	4.527	  	3.594	  	2.857
	23	  	4.867	  	3.881	  	3.100
	24	  	5.232	  	4.192	  	3.364
	25	  	5.624	  	4.527	  	3.650
	26	  	6.046	  	4.889	  	3.960
	27	  	6.500	  	5.280	  	4.297
	28	  	6.987	  	5.703	  	4.662
	29	  	7.511	  	6.159	  	5.058
	30	  	8.075	  	6.652	  	5.488
	31	  	8.680	  	7.184	  	5.954
	32	  	9.331	  	7.758	  	6.461
	33	  	10.031	  	8.379	  	7.010
	34	  	10.783	  	9.049	  	7.606
	35	  	11.592	  	9.773	  	8.252
	36	  	12.462	  	10.555	  	8.953
	37	  	13.396	  	11.400	  	9.714
	38	  	14.401	  	12.311	  	10.540
	39	  	15.481	  	13.296	  	11.436
	40	  	16.642	  	14.360	  	12.408
	41	  	17.890	  	15.509	  	13.463
	42	  	19.232	  	16.750	  	14.607
	43	  	20.674	  	18.090	  	15.849
	44	  	22.225	  	19.537	  	17.196
	45	  	23.892	  	21.100	  	18.658
	46	  	25.684	  	22.788	  	20.244
	47	  	27.610	  	24.611	  	21.964
	48	  	29.681	  	26.580	  	23.831
	49	  	31.907	  	28.706	  	25.857
	50	  	34.300	  	31.002	  	28.055
	51	  	36.872	  	33.483	  	30.439
	52	  	39.638	  	36.161	  	33.027
	53	  	42.611	  	39.054	  	35.834
	54	  	45.806	  	42.178	  	38.880
	55	  	49.242	  	45.553	  	42.185
	56	  	52.935	  	49.197	  	45.770
	57	  	56.905	  	53.133	  	49.661
	58	  	61.173	  	57.383	  	53.882
	59	  	65.761	  	61.974	  	58.462
	60	  	70.693	  	66.932	  	63.431
	61	  	75.995	  	72.286	  	68.823
	62	  	81.695	  	78.069	  	74.673
	63	  	87.822	  	84.315	  	81.020
	64	  	94.408	  	91.060	  	87.907
	65	  	101.489	  	98.345	  	95.379

 *Based on the UP 1984 Mortality Table Testing Age 65 

  

					
		  	Page 36 of 36	  	©2009 Ascensus, Inc., Brainerd, MN

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00206-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00206-of-00352.parquet"}]]